1 //===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
11 //  by the C type system.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
36 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
37 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
39 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
41 #include "llvm/Support/Locale.h"
42 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
43 
44 using namespace clang;
45 using namespace sema;
46 
47 SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
48                                                     unsigned ByteNo) const {
49   return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, getSourceManager(), LangOpts,
50                                Context.getTargetInfo());
51 }
52 
53 /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
54 /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking.  Returns true on error.
55 static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
56   unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
57   if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
58 
59   if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
60     return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
61         << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
62         << call->getSourceRange();
63 
64   // Highlight all the excess arguments.
65   SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
66                     call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
67 
68   return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
69     << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
70     << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
71 }
72 
73 /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
74 /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
75 static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
76   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
77     return true;
78 
79   // First argument should be an integer.
80   Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
81   QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
82   if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
83     S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
84       << ValArg->getSourceRange();
85     return true;
86   }
87 
88   // Second argument should be a constant string.
89   Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
90   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
91   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
92     S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
93       << StrArg->getSourceRange();
94     return true;
95   }
96 
97   TheCall->setType(Ty);
98   return false;
99 }
100 
101 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the
102 /// result type to the corresponding pointer type.
103 static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
104   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
105     return true;
106 
107   ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(0));
108   QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart());
109   if (ResultType.isNull())
110     return true;
111 
112   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
113   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
114   return false;
115 }
116 
117 static bool SemaBuiltinOverflow(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
118   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 3))
119     return true;
120 
121   // First two arguments should be integers.
122   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
123     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(I);
124     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
125     if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
126       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_int)
127           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
128       return true;
129     }
130   }
131 
132   // Third argument should be a pointer to a non-const integer.
133   // IRGen correctly handles volatile, restrict, and address spaces, and
134   // the other qualifiers aren't possible.
135   {
136     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(2);
137     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
138     const auto *PtrTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
139     if (!(PtrTy && PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIntegerType() &&
140           !PtrTy->getPointeeType().isConstQualified())) {
141       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_ptr_int)
142           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
143       return true;
144     }
145   }
146 
147   return false;
148 }
149 
150 static void SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
151 		                  CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned SizeIdx,
152                                   unsigned DstSizeIdx) {
153   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() <= SizeIdx ||
154       TheCall->getNumArgs() <= DstSizeIdx)
155     return;
156 
157   const Expr *SizeArg = TheCall->getArg(SizeIdx);
158   const Expr *DstSizeArg = TheCall->getArg(DstSizeIdx);
159 
160   llvm::APSInt Size, DstSize;
161 
162   // find out if both sizes are known at compile time
163   if (!SizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(Size, S.Context) ||
164       !DstSizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(DstSize, S.Context))
165     return;
166 
167   if (Size.ule(DstSize))
168     return;
169 
170   // confirmed overflow so generate the diagnostic.
171   IdentifierInfo *FnName = FDecl->getIdentifier();
172   SourceLocation SL = TheCall->getLocStart();
173   SourceRange SR = TheCall->getSourceRange();
174 
175   S.Diag(SL, diag::warn_memcpy_chk_overflow) << SR << FnName;
176 }
177 
178 static bool SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(Sema &S, CallExpr *BuiltinCall) {
179   if (checkArgCount(S, BuiltinCall, 2))
180     return true;
181 
182   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc = BuiltinCall->getLocStart();
183   Expr *Builtin = BuiltinCall->getCallee()->IgnoreImpCasts();
184   Expr *Call = BuiltinCall->getArg(0);
185   Expr *Chain = BuiltinCall->getArg(1);
186 
187   if (Call->getStmtClass() != Stmt::CallExprClass) {
188     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_not_call)
189         << Call->getSourceRange();
190     return true;
191   }
192 
193   auto CE = cast<CallExpr>(Call);
194   if (CE->getCallee()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
195     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_block_call)
196         << Call->getSourceRange();
197     return true;
198   }
199 
200   const Decl *TargetDecl = CE->getCalleeDecl();
201   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl))
202     if (FD->getBuiltinID()) {
203       S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_builtin_call)
204           << Call->getSourceRange();
205       return true;
206     }
207 
208   if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(CE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens())) {
209     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_pdtor_call)
210         << Call->getSourceRange();
211     return true;
212   }
213 
214   ExprResult ChainResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Chain);
215   if (ChainResult.isInvalid())
216     return true;
217   if (!ChainResult.get()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
218     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_second_argument_to_cwsc_not_pointer)
219         << Chain->getSourceRange();
220     return true;
221   }
222 
223   QualType ReturnTy = CE->getCallReturnType(S.Context);
224   QualType ArgTys[2] = { ReturnTy, ChainResult.get()->getType() };
225   QualType BuiltinTy = S.Context.getFunctionType(
226       ReturnTy, ArgTys, FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo());
227   QualType BuiltinPtrTy = S.Context.getPointerType(BuiltinTy);
228 
229   Builtin =
230       S.ImpCastExprToType(Builtin, BuiltinPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
231 
232   BuiltinCall->setType(CE->getType());
233   BuiltinCall->setValueKind(CE->getValueKind());
234   BuiltinCall->setObjectKind(CE->getObjectKind());
235   BuiltinCall->setCallee(Builtin);
236   BuiltinCall->setArg(1, ChainResult.get());
237 
238   return false;
239 }
240 
241 static bool SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(Sema &SemaRef, CallExpr *TheCall,
242                                      Scope::ScopeFlags NeededScopeFlags,
243                                      unsigned DiagID) {
244   // Scopes aren't available during instantiation. Fortunately, builtin
245   // functions cannot be template args so they cannot be formed through template
246   // instantiation. Therefore checking once during the parse is sufficient.
247   if (!SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
248     return false;
249 
250   Scope *S = SemaRef.getCurScope();
251   while (S && !S->isSEHExceptScope())
252     S = S->getParent();
253   if (!S || !(S->getFlags() & NeededScopeFlags)) {
254     auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
255     SemaRef.Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
256         << DRE->getDecl()->getIdentifier();
257     return true;
258   }
259 
260   return false;
261 }
262 
263 static inline bool isBlockPointer(Expr *Arg) {
264   return Arg->getType()->isBlockPointerType();
265 }
266 
267 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.2 - Checks that the block parameters are all local
268 /// void*, which is a requirement of device side enqueue.
269 static bool checkOpenCLBlockArgs(Sema &S, Expr *BlockArg) {
270   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
271       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
272   ArrayRef<QualType> Params =
273       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes();
274   unsigned ArgCounter = 0;
275   bool IllegalParams = false;
276   // Iterate through the block parameters until either one is found that is not
277   // a local void*, or the block is valid.
278   for (ArrayRef<QualType>::iterator I = Params.begin(), E = Params.end();
279        I != E; ++I, ++ArgCounter) {
280     if (!(*I)->isPointerType() || !(*I)->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() ||
281         (*I)->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace() !=
282             LangAS::opencl_local) {
283       // Get the location of the error. If a block literal has been passed
284       // (BlockExpr) then we can point straight to the offending argument,
285       // else we just point to the variable reference.
286       SourceLocation ErrorLoc;
287       if (isa<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)) {
288         BlockDecl *BD = cast<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)->getBlockDecl();
289         ErrorLoc = BD->getParamDecl(ArgCounter)->getLocStart();
290       } else if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)) {
291         ErrorLoc = cast<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)->getLocStart();
292       }
293       S.Diag(ErrorLoc,
294              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_non_local_void_args);
295       IllegalParams = true;
296     }
297   }
298 
299   return IllegalParams;
300 }
301 
302 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.6 - Check the argument to the
303 /// get_kernel_work_group_size
304 /// and get_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple builtin functions.
305 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
306   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
307     return true;
308 
309   Expr *BlockArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
310   if (!isBlockPointer(BlockArg)) {
311     S.Diag(BlockArg->getLocStart(),
312            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type) << "block";
313     return true;
314   }
315   return checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, BlockArg);
316 }
317 
318 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
319                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End);
320 
321 /// OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17.1 - Check that sizes are provided for all
322 /// 'local void*' parameter of passed block.
323 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
324                                            Expr *BlockArg,
325                                            unsigned NumNonVarArgs) {
326   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
327       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
328   unsigned NumBlockParams =
329       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams();
330   unsigned TotalNumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
331 
332   // For each argument passed to the block, a corresponding uint needs to
333   // be passed to describe the size of the local memory.
334   if (TotalNumArgs != NumBlockParams + NumNonVarArgs) {
335     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
336            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_local_size_args);
337     return true;
338   }
339 
340   // Check that the sizes of the local memory are specified by integers.
341   return checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(S, TheCall, NumNonVarArgs,
342                                          TotalNumArgs - 1);
343 }
344 
345 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel function contains four different
346 /// overload formats specified in Table 6.13.17.1.
347 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
348 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
349 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
350 ///                    void (^block)(void))
351 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
352 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
353 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
354 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
355 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
356 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
357 ///                    void (^block)(void))
358 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
359 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
360 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
361 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
362 ///                    uint size0, ...)
363 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
364 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
365 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
366 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
367 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
368 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
369 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
370 ///                    uint size0, ...)
371 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
372   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
373 
374   if (NumArgs < 4) {
375     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args);
376     return true;
377   }
378 
379   Expr *Arg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
380   Expr *Arg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
381   Expr *Arg2 = TheCall->getArg(2);
382   Expr *Arg3 = TheCall->getArg(3);
383 
384   // First argument always needs to be a queue_t type.
385   if (!Arg0->getType()->isQueueT()) {
386     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
387            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
388         << S.Context.OCLQueueTy;
389     return true;
390   }
391 
392   // Second argument always needs to be a kernel_enqueue_flags_t enum value.
393   if (!Arg1->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
394     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
395            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
396         << "'kernel_enqueue_flags_t' (i.e. uint)";
397     return true;
398   }
399 
400   // Third argument is always an ndrange_t type.
401   if (!Arg2->getType()->isNDRangeT()) {
402     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
403            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
404         << S.Context.OCLNDRangeTy;
405     return true;
406   }
407 
408   // With four arguments, there is only one form that the function could be
409   // called in: no events and no variable arguments.
410   if (NumArgs == 4) {
411     // check that the last argument is the right block type.
412     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg3)) {
413       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
414           << "block";
415       return true;
416     }
417     // we have a block type, check the prototype
418     const BlockPointerType *BPT =
419         cast<BlockPointerType>(Arg3->getType().getCanonicalType());
420     if (BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams() > 0) {
421       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(),
422              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_no_args);
423       return true;
424     }
425     return false;
426   }
427   // we can have block + varargs.
428   if (isBlockPointer(Arg3))
429     return (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg3) ||
430             checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg3, 4));
431   // last two cases with either exactly 7 args or 7 args and varargs.
432   if (NumArgs >= 7) {
433     // check common block argument.
434     Expr *Arg6 = TheCall->getArg(6);
435     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg6)) {
436       S.Diag(Arg6->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
437           << "block";
438       return true;
439     }
440     if (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg6))
441       return true;
442 
443     // Forth argument has to be any integer type.
444     if (!Arg3->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
445       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(3)->getLocStart(),
446              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
447           << "integer";
448       return true;
449     }
450     // check remaining common arguments.
451     Expr *Arg4 = TheCall->getArg(4);
452     Expr *Arg5 = TheCall->getArg(5);
453 
454     // Fith argument is always passed as pointers to clk_event_t.
455     if (!Arg4->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->isClkEventT()) {
456       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(4)->getLocStart(),
457              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
458           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
459       return true;
460     }
461 
462     // Sixth argument is always passed as pointers to clk_event_t.
463     if (!(Arg5->getType()->isPointerType() &&
464           Arg5->getType()->getPointeeType()->isClkEventT())) {
465       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(5)->getLocStart(),
466              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
467           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
468       return true;
469     }
470 
471     if (NumArgs == 7)
472       return false;
473 
474     return checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg6, 7);
475   }
476 
477   // None of the specific case has been detected, give generic error
478   S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
479          diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_incorrect_args);
480   return true;
481 }
482 
483 /// Returns OpenCL access qual.
484 static OpenCLAccessAttr *getOpenCLArgAccess(const Decl *D) {
485     return D->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>();
486 }
487 
488 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
489 static bool checkOpenCLPipeArg(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
490   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
491   // First argument type should always be pipe.
492   if (!Arg0->getType()->isPipeType()) {
493     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
494         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Arg0->getSourceRange();
495     return true;
496   }
497   OpenCLAccessAttr *AccessQual =
498       getOpenCLArgAccess(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg0)->getDecl());
499   // Validates the access qualifier is compatible with the call.
500   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16 - The access qualifiers for pipe should only be
501   // read_only and write_only, and assumed to be read_only if no qualifier is
502   // specified.
503   switch (Call->getDirectCallee()->getBuiltinID()) {
504   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
505   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
506   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
507   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
508   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
509   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
510   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
511     if (!(!AccessQual || AccessQual->isReadOnly())) {
512       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
513              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
514           << "read_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
515       return true;
516     }
517     break;
518   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
519   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
520   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
521   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
522   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
523   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
524   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
525     if (!(AccessQual && AccessQual->isWriteOnly())) {
526       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
527              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
528           << "write_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
529       return true;
530     }
531     break;
532   default:
533     break;
534   }
535   return false;
536 }
537 
538 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
539 static bool checkOpenCLPipePacketType(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call, unsigned Idx) {
540   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
541   const Expr *ArgIdx = Call->getArg(Idx);
542   const PipeType *PipeTy = cast<PipeType>(Arg0->getType());
543   const QualType EltTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
544   const PointerType *ArgTy = ArgIdx->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
545   // The Idx argument should be a pointer and the type of the pointer and
546   // the type of pipe element should also be the same.
547   if (!ArgTy ||
548       !S.Context.hasSameType(
549           EltTy, ArgTy->getPointeeType()->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
550     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
551         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.getPointerType(EltTy)
552         << ArgIdx->getType() << ArgIdx->getSourceRange();
553     return true;
554   }
555   return false;
556 }
557 
558 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the read/write_pipe call.
559 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
560 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
561 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
562 static bool SemaBuiltinRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
563   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.2 - The built-in read/write
564   // functions have two forms.
565   switch (Call->getNumArgs()) {
566   case 2: {
567     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
568       return true;
569     // The call with 2 arguments should be
570     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, T*).
571     // Check packet type T.
572     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 1))
573       return true;
574   } break;
575 
576   case 4: {
577     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
578       return true;
579     // The call with 4 arguments should be
580     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, reserve_id_t, uint, T*).
581     // Check reserve_id_t.
582     if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
583       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
584           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
585           << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
586       return true;
587     }
588 
589     // Check the index.
590     const Expr *Arg2 = Call->getArg(2);
591     if (!Arg2->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
592         !Arg2->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
593       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
594           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
595           << Arg2->getType() << Arg2->getSourceRange();
596       return true;
597     }
598 
599     // Check packet type T.
600     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 3))
601       return true;
602   } break;
603   default:
604     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_arg_num)
605         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
606     return true;
607   }
608 
609   return false;
610 }
611 
612 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the {work_group_/sub_group_
613 //        /_}reserve_{read/write}_pipe
614 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
615 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
616 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
617 static bool SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
618   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
619     return true;
620 
621   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
622     return true;
623 
624   // Check the reserve size.
625   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
626       !Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
627     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
628         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
629         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
630     return true;
631   }
632 
633   return false;
634 }
635 
636 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on {work_group_/sub_group_
637 //        /_}commit_{read/write}_pipe
638 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
639 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
640 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
641 static bool SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
642   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
643     return true;
644 
645   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
646     return true;
647 
648   // Check reserve_id_t.
649   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
650     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
651         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
652         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
653     return true;
654   }
655 
656   return false;
657 }
658 
659 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the call to built-in Pipe
660 //        Query Functions.
661 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
662 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
663 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
664 static bool SemaBuiltinPipePackets(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
665   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 1))
666     return true;
667 
668   if (!Call->getArg(0)->getType()->isPipeType()) {
669     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
670         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getArg(0)->getSourceRange();
671     return true;
672   }
673 
674   return false;
675 }
676 // \brief OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.9 - Address space qualifier functions.
677 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the to_global/local/private call.
678 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
679 // \param BuiltinID ID of the builtin function.
680 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
681 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
682 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID,
683                                     CallExpr *Call) {
684   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) {
685     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_arg_num)
686         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
687     return true;
688   }
689 
690   auto RT = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
691   if (!RT->isPointerType() || RT->getPointeeType()
692       .getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
693     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_invalid_arg)
694         << Call->getArg(0) << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
695     return true;
696   }
697 
698   RT = RT->getPointeeType();
699   auto Qual = RT.getQualifiers();
700   switch (BuiltinID) {
701   case Builtin::BIto_global:
702     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global);
703     break;
704   case Builtin::BIto_local:
705     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_local);
706     break;
707   default:
708     Qual.removeAddressSpace();
709   }
710   Call->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.getQualifiedType(
711       RT.getUnqualifiedType(), Qual)));
712 
713   return false;
714 }
715 
716 ExprResult
717 Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, unsigned BuiltinID,
718                                CallExpr *TheCall) {
719   ExprResult TheCallResult(TheCall);
720 
721   // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
722   unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
723   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
724   Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
725   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
726     ICEArguments = 0;  // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
727 
728   // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
729   for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
730     // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
731     if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
732 
733     llvm::APSInt Result;
734     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
735       return true;
736     ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
737   }
738 
739   switch (BuiltinID) {
740   case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
741     assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
742            "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
743     if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
744       return ExprError();
745     break;
746   case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
747   case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
748     if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
749       return ExprError();
750     break;
751   case Builtin::BI__va_start: {
752     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
753     case llvm::Triple::arm:
754     case llvm::Triple::thumb:
755       if (SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(TheCall))
756         return ExprError();
757       break;
758     default:
759       if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
760         return ExprError();
761       break;
762     }
763     break;
764   }
765   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
766   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
767   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
768   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
769   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
770   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
771     if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
772       return ExprError();
773     break;
774   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
775     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
776       return ExprError();
777     break;
778   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
779   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
780   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
781   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
782   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
783     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
784       return ExprError();
785     break;
786   case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
787     return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
788     // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
789     // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
790   case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
791     if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
792       return ExprError();
793     break;
794   case Builtin::BI__assume:
795   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
796     if (SemaBuiltinAssume(TheCall))
797       return ExprError();
798     break;
799   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned:
800     if (SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(TheCall))
801       return ExprError();
802     break;
803   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
804     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 3))
805       return ExprError();
806     break;
807   case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
808     if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
809       return ExprError();
810     break;
811   case Builtin::BI__builtin_setjmp:
812     if (SemaBuiltinSetjmp(TheCall))
813       return ExprError();
814     break;
815   case Builtin::BI_setjmp:
816   case Builtin::BI_setjmpex:
817     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
818       return true;
819     break;
820 
821   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
822     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
823     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
824     break;
825   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
826     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
827     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
828     break;
829   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
830   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
831   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
832   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
833   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
834   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
835   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
836   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
837   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
838   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
839   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
840   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
841   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
842   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
843   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
844   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
845   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
846   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
847   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
848   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
849   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
850   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
851   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
852   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
853   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
854   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
855   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
856   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
857   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
858   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
859   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
860   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
861   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
862   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
863   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
864   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
865   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
866   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
867   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
868   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
869   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
870   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
871   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
872   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
873   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
874   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
875   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
876   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
877   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
878   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
879   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
880   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
881   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
882   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
883   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
884   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
885   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
886   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
887   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
888   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
889   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
890   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
891   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
892   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
893   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
894   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
895   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
896   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
897   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
898   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
899   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
900   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
901   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
902   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
903   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
904   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
905   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
906   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
907   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
908   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
909   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
910   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
911   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
912   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
913   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
914   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
915   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
916   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
917   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
918   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
919   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
920   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
921   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
922   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
923   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
924   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
925   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
926   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
927   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
928   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
929   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
930   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
931     return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
932   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load:
933   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store:
934     return SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(TheCallResult);
935 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
936 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
937   case Builtin::BI##ID: \
938     return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
939 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
940   case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
941     if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
942       return ExprError();
943     break;
944   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
945     if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall))
946       return ExprError();
947     break;
948   case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
949   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
950   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
951     if (SemaBuiltinOverflow(*this, TheCall))
952       return ExprError();
953     break;
954   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new:
955   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete:
956     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
957       Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
958         << (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new
959                 ? "__builtin_operator_new"
960                 : "__builtin_operator_delete")
961         << "C++";
962       return ExprError();
963     }
964     // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
965     // so ensure that they are declared.
966     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
967     break;
968 
969   // check secure string manipulation functions where overflows
970   // are detectable at compile time
971   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memcpy_chk:
972   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memmove_chk:
973   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memset_chk:
974   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcat_chk:
975   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcpy_chk:
976   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncat_chk:
977   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncpy_chk:
978   case Builtin::BI__builtin___stpncpy_chk:
979     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 2, 3);
980     break;
981   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memccpy_chk:
982     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 3, 4);
983     break;
984   case Builtin::BI__builtin___snprintf_chk:
985   case Builtin::BI__builtin___vsnprintf_chk:
986     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 1, 3);
987     break;
988   case Builtin::BI__builtin_call_with_static_chain:
989     if (SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(*this, TheCall))
990       return ExprError();
991     break;
992   case Builtin::BI__exception_code:
993   case Builtin::BI_exception_code:
994     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHExceptScope,
995                                  diag::err_seh___except_block))
996       return ExprError();
997     break;
998   case Builtin::BI__exception_info:
999   case Builtin::BI_exception_info:
1000     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHFilterScope,
1001                                  diag::err_seh___except_filter))
1002       return ExprError();
1003     break;
1004   case Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo:
1005     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
1006       return ExprError();
1007 
1008     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(
1009             TheCall->getLocStart(),
1010             Context.getExceptionObjectType(FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType()),
1011             TheCall))
1012       return ExprError();
1013 
1014     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1015     break;
1016   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.16 - Pipe functions
1017   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
1018   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
1019     // Since those two functions are declared with var args, we need a semantic
1020     // check for the argument.
1021     if (SemaBuiltinRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1022       return ExprError();
1023     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1024     break;
1025   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
1026   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
1027   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1028   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1029   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1030   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1031     if (SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1032       return ExprError();
1033     // Since return type of reserve_read/write_pipe built-in function is
1034     // reserve_id_t, which is not defined in the builtin def file , we used int
1035     // as return type and need to override the return type of these functions.
1036     TheCall->setType(Context.OCLReserveIDTy);
1037     break;
1038   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
1039   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
1040   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
1041   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
1042   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
1043   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
1044     if (SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1045       return ExprError();
1046     break;
1047   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_num_packets:
1048   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_max_packets:
1049     if (SemaBuiltinPipePackets(*this, TheCall))
1050       return ExprError();
1051     TheCall->setType(Context.UnsignedIntTy);
1052     break;
1053   case Builtin::BIto_global:
1054   case Builtin::BIto_local:
1055   case Builtin::BIto_private:
1056     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(*this, BuiltinID, TheCall))
1057       return ExprError();
1058     break;
1059   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel functions.
1060   case Builtin::BIenqueue_kernel:
1061     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(*this, TheCall))
1062       return ExprError();
1063     break;
1064   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_work_group_size:
1065   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple:
1066     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(*this, TheCall))
1067       return ExprError();
1068     break;
1069   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format:
1070   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size:
1071     if (SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(TheCall)) {
1072       return ExprError();
1073     }
1074     break;
1075   }
1076 
1077   // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
1078   // of the arch we are compiling for.
1079   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
1080     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
1081       case llvm::Triple::arm:
1082       case llvm::Triple::armeb:
1083       case llvm::Triple::thumb:
1084       case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
1085         if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1086           return ExprError();
1087         break;
1088       case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
1089       case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
1090         if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1091           return ExprError();
1092         break;
1093       case llvm::Triple::mips:
1094       case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
1095       case llvm::Triple::mips64:
1096       case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
1097         if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1098           return ExprError();
1099         break;
1100       case llvm::Triple::systemz:
1101         if (CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1102           return ExprError();
1103         break;
1104       case llvm::Triple::x86:
1105       case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
1106         if (CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1107           return ExprError();
1108         break;
1109       case llvm::Triple::ppc:
1110       case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
1111       case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
1112         if (CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1113           return ExprError();
1114         break;
1115       default:
1116         break;
1117     }
1118   }
1119 
1120   return TheCallResult;
1121 }
1122 
1123 // Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
1124 static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) {
1125   NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
1126   int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad();
1127   switch (Type.getEltType()) {
1128   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1129   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1130     return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
1131   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1132   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1133     return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1134   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1135     return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1136   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1137   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1138     return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1139   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1140     return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1141   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1142     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1143     return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1144   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1145     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1146     return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1147   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1148     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1149     return (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1150   }
1151   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1152 }
1153 
1154 /// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
1155 /// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags.  This is used to check
1156 /// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
1157 static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context,
1158                                bool IsPolyUnsigned, bool IsInt64Long) {
1159   switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
1160   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1161     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1162   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1163     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1164   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1165     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
1166   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1167     if (IsInt64Long)
1168       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
1169     else
1170       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
1171                                 : Context.LongLongTy;
1172   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1173     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1174   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1175     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1176   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1177     if (IsInt64Long)
1178       return Context.UnsignedLongTy;
1179     else
1180       return Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1181   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1182     break;
1183   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1184     return Context.HalfTy;
1185   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1186     return Context.FloatTy;
1187   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1188     return Context.DoubleTy;
1189   }
1190   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1191 }
1192 
1193 bool Sema::CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1194   llvm::APSInt Result;
1195   uint64_t mask = 0;
1196   unsigned TV = 0;
1197   int PtrArgNum = -1;
1198   bool HasConstPtr = false;
1199   switch (BuiltinID) {
1200 #define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1201 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1202 #undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1203   }
1204 
1205   // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
1206   // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
1207   unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
1208   if (mask) {
1209     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
1210       return true;
1211 
1212     TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
1213     if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
1214       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
1215         << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
1216   }
1217 
1218   if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
1219     // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
1220     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
1221     if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
1222       Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
1223     ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
1224     QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
1225 
1226     llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch();
1227     bool IsPolyUnsigned = Arch == llvm::Triple::aarch64;
1228     bool IsInt64Long =
1229         Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type() == TargetInfo::SignedLong;
1230     QualType EltTy =
1231         getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, IsPolyUnsigned, IsInt64Long);
1232     if (HasConstPtr)
1233       EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
1234     QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
1235     AssignConvertType ConvTy;
1236     ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
1237     if (RHS.isInvalid())
1238       return true;
1239     if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
1240                                  RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
1241       return true;
1242   }
1243 
1244   // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
1245   // instruction, range check them here.
1246   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1247   switch (BuiltinID) {
1248   default:
1249     return false;
1250 #define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1251 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1252 #undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1253   }
1254 
1255   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1256 }
1257 
1258 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
1259                                         unsigned MaxWidth) {
1260   assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1261           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1262           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1263           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex ||
1264           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1265           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1266           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1267           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) &&
1268          "unexpected ARM builtin");
1269   bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1270                  BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1271                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1272                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex;
1273 
1274   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1275 
1276   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
1277   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2))
1278     return true;
1279 
1280   // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
1281   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
1282   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
1283   // casts here.
1284   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1);
1285   ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
1286   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1287     return true;
1288   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1289 
1290   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1291   if (!pointerType) {
1292     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
1293       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1294     return true;
1295   }
1296 
1297   // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next
1298   // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just
1299   // what the appropriate type is.
1300   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
1301   QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile();
1302   if (IsLdrex)
1303     AddrType.addConst();
1304 
1305   // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy.
1306   CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp;
1307   if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) {
1308     CastNeeded = CK_BitCast;
1309     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers)
1310       << PointerArg->getType()
1311       << Context.getPointerType(AddrType)
1312       << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1313   }
1314 
1315   // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version.
1316   AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType);
1317   PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded);
1318   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1319     return true;
1320   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1321 
1322   TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg);
1323 
1324   // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored.
1325   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
1326       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) {
1327     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr)
1328       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1329     return true;
1330   }
1331 
1332   // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions.
1333   if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > MaxWidth) {
1334     assert(MaxWidth == 64 && "Diagnostic unexpectedly inaccurate");
1335     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size)
1336       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1337     return true;
1338   }
1339 
1340   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
1341   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
1342   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
1343     // okay
1344     break;
1345 
1346   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
1347   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
1348   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
1349     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
1350       << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1351     return true;
1352   }
1353 
1354   if (IsLdrex) {
1355     TheCall->setType(ValType);
1356     return false;
1357   }
1358 
1359   // Initialize the argument to be stored.
1360   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1361   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
1362       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1363   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
1364   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
1365     return true;
1366   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
1367 
1368   // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def,
1369   // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis.
1370   TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1371   return false;
1372 }
1373 
1374 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1375   llvm::APSInt Result;
1376 
1377   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1378       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1379       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1380       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1381     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 64);
1382   }
1383 
1384   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1385     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1386       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 1);
1387   }
1388 
1389   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1390       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1391     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 3, false);
1392 
1393   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1394       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1395       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1396       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1397     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1398 
1399   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1400     return true;
1401 
1402   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1403   // range check them here.
1404   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1405   switch (BuiltinID) {
1406   default: return false;
1407   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
1408   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
1409   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
1410   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
1411   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1412   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1413   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_isb:
1414   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dbg: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1415   }
1416 
1417   // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
1418   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1419 }
1420 
1421 bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1422                                          CallExpr *TheCall) {
1423   llvm::APSInt Result;
1424 
1425   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1426       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1427       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1428       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1429     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 128);
1430   }
1431 
1432   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1433     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1434       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 2) ||
1435       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 3, 0, 1) ||
1436       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 4, 0, 1);
1437   }
1438 
1439   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1440       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1441     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1442 
1443   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1444       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1445       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1446       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1447     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1448 
1449   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1450     return true;
1451 
1452   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1453   // range check them here.
1454   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1455   switch (BuiltinID) {
1456   default: return false;
1457   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1458   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1459   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_isb: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1460   }
1461 
1462   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1463 }
1464 
1465 // CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall - Checks the constant value passed to the
1466 // intrinsic is correct. The switch statement is ordered by DSP, MSA. The
1467 // ordering for DSP is unspecified. MSA is ordered by the data format used
1468 // by the underlying instruction i.e., df/m, df/n and then by size.
1469 //
1470 // FIXME: The size tests here should instead be tablegen'd along with the
1471 //        definitions from include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsMips.def.
1472 // FIXME: GCC is strict on signedness for some of these intrinsics, we should
1473 //        be too.
1474 bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1475   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0, m = 0;
1476   switch (BuiltinID) {
1477   default: return false;
1478   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1479   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1480   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1481   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1482   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1483   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1484   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1485   // MSA instrinsics. Instructions (which the intrinsics maps to) which use the
1486   // df/m field.
1487   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 3 bit immediate.
1488   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_b:
1489   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_b:
1490   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_b:
1491   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_b:
1492   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_b:
1493   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_b:
1494   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_b:
1495   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_b:
1496   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_b:
1497   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1498   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_b:
1499   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1500   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 4 bit immediate.
1501   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_h:
1502   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_h:
1503   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_h:
1504   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_h:
1505   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_h:
1506   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_h:
1507   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_h:
1508   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_h:
1509   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_h:
1510   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_h: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1511   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_h:
1512   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_h: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1513   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 5 bit immedate.
1514   // The first block of intrinsics actually have an unsigned 5 bit field,
1515   // not a df/n field.
1516   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_b:
1517   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_h:
1518   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_w:
1519   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_d:
1520   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_b:
1521   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_h:
1522   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_w:
1523   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_d:
1524   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_b:
1525   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_h:
1526   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_w:
1527   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_d:
1528   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_b:
1529   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_h:
1530   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_w:
1531   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_d:
1532   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_b:
1533   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_h:
1534   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_w:
1535   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_d:
1536   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_w:
1537   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_w:
1538   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_w:
1539   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_w:
1540   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_w:
1541   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_w:
1542   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_w:
1543   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_w:
1544   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_w:
1545   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_w:
1546   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_b:
1547   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_h:
1548   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_w:
1549   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1550   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_w:
1551   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1552   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 6 bit immediate.
1553   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_d:
1554   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_d:
1555   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_d:
1556   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_d:
1557   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_d:
1558   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_d:
1559   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_d:
1560   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_d:
1561   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_d:
1562   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1563   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_d:
1564   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_d: i = 2; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1565   // These intrinsics take a signed 5 bit immediate.
1566   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_b:
1567   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_h:
1568   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_w:
1569   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_d:
1570   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_b:
1571   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_h:
1572   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_w:
1573   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_d:
1574   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_b:
1575   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_h:
1576   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_w:
1577   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_d:
1578   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_b:
1579   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_h:
1580   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_w:
1581   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_d:
1582   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_b:
1583   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_h:
1584   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_w:
1585   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_d: i = 1; l = -16; u = 15; break;
1586   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 8 bit immediate.
1587   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_andi_b:
1588   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_nori_b:
1589   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ori_b:
1590   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_b:
1591   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_h:
1592   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_w:
1593   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_xori_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1594   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseli_b:
1595   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bmnzi_b:
1596   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bmzi_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1597   // df/n format
1598   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 4 bit immediate.
1599   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_b:
1600   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_b:
1601   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_b:
1602   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1603   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_b:
1604   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1605   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 3 bit immediate.
1606   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_h:
1607   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_h:
1608   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_h:
1609   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_h: i = 1; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1610   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_h:
1611   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_h: i = 2; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1612   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 2 bit immediate.
1613   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_w:
1614   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_w:
1615   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_w:
1616   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_w: i = 1; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1617   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_w:
1618   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1619   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 1 bit immediate.
1620   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_d:
1621   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_d:
1622   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_d:
1623   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1624   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_d:
1625   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_d: i = 2; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1626   // Memory offsets and immediate loads.
1627   // These intrinsics take a signed 10 bit immediate.
1628   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_b: i = 0; l = -128; u = 127; break;
1629   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_h:
1630   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_w:
1631   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_d: i = 0; l = -512; u = 511; break;
1632   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_b: i = 1; l = -512; u = 511; m = 16; break;
1633   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_h: i = 1; l = -1024; u = 1022; m = 16; break;
1634   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_w: i = 1; l = -2048; u = 2044; m = 16; break;
1635   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_d: i = 1; l = -4096; u = 4088; m = 16; break;
1636   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_b: i = 2; l = -512; u = 511; m = 16; break;
1637   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_h: i = 2; l = -1024; u = 1022; m = 16; break;
1638   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_w: i = 2; l = -2048; u = 2044; m = 16; break;
1639   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_d: i = 2; l = -4096; u = 4088; m = 16; break;
1640   }
1641 
1642   if (!m)
1643     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1644 
1645   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u) ||
1646          SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(TheCall, i, m);
1647 }
1648 
1649 bool Sema::CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1650   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1651   bool Is64BitBltin = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1652                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu ||
1653                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd;
1654   bool IsTarget64Bit = Context.getTargetInfo()
1655                               .getTypeWidth(Context
1656                                             .getTargetInfo()
1657                                             .getIntPtrType()) == 64;
1658   bool IsBltinExtDiv = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divwe ||
1659                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divweu ||
1660                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1661                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu;
1662 
1663   if (Is64BitBltin && !IsTarget64Bit)
1664       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_64_bit_builtin_32_bit_tgt)
1665              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1666 
1667   if ((IsBltinExtDiv && !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("extdiv")) ||
1668       (BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd &&
1669        !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("bpermd")))
1670     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_ppc_builtin_only_on_pwr7)
1671            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1672 
1673   switch (BuiltinID) {
1674   default: return false;
1675   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmaw:
1676   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmad:
1677     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1678            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1679   case PPC::BI__builtin_tbegin:
1680   case PPC::BI__builtin_tend: i = 0; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1681   case PPC::BI__builtin_tsr: i = 0; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1682   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwc:
1683   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdc: i = 0; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1684   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwci:
1685   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdci:
1686     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 0, 0, 31) ||
1687            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 31);
1688   }
1689   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1690 }
1691 
1692 bool Sema::CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1693                                            CallExpr *TheCall) {
1694   if (BuiltinID == SystemZ::BI__builtin_tabort) {
1695     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1696     llvm::APSInt AbortCode(32);
1697     if (Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(AbortCode, Context) &&
1698         AbortCode.getSExtValue() >= 0 && AbortCode.getSExtValue() < 256)
1699       return Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_systemz_invalid_tabort_code)
1700              << Arg->getSourceRange();
1701   }
1702 
1703   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1704   // range check them here.
1705   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1706   switch (BuiltinID) {
1707   default: return false;
1708   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_lcbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1709   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimb:
1710   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimh:
1711   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimf:
1712   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimg: i = 3; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1713   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeb:
1714   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeh:
1715   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaef:
1716   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaebs:
1717   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaehs:
1718   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaefs:
1719   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezb:
1720   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezh:
1721   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezf:
1722   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezbs:
1723   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezhs:
1724   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezfs: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1725   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfidb:
1726     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15) ||
1727            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1728   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vftcidb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 4095; break;
1729   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vlbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1730   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vpdi: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1731   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vsldb: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1732   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcb:
1733   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrch:
1734   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcf:
1735   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczb:
1736   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczh:
1737   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczf:
1738   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcbs:
1739   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrchs:
1740   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcfs:
1741   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczbs:
1742   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczhs:
1743   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczfs: i = 3; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1744   }
1745   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1746 }
1747 
1748 /// SemaBuiltinCpuSupports - Handle __builtin_cpu_supports(char *).
1749 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_cpu_supports and
1750 /// that the string argument is constant and valid.
1751 static bool SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1752   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1753 
1754   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
1755   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
1756     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
1757            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1758 
1759   // Check the contents of the string.
1760   StringRef Feature =
1761       cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
1762   if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().validateCpuSupports(Feature))
1763     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_cpu_supports)
1764            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1765   return false;
1766 }
1767 
1768 // Check if the rounding mode is legal.
1769 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1770   // Indicates if this instruction has rounding control or just SAE.
1771   bool HasRC = false;
1772 
1773   unsigned ArgNum = 0;
1774   switch (BuiltinID) {
1775   default:
1776     return false;
1777   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si32:
1778   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si64:
1779   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi32:
1780   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi64:
1781   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si32:
1782   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si64:
1783   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi32:
1784   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi64:
1785     ArgNum = 1;
1786     break;
1787   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2pd512_mask:
1788   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2dq512_mask:
1789   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2qq512_mask:
1790   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2udq512_mask:
1791   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2uqq512_mask:
1792   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2dq512_mask:
1793   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2qq512_mask:
1794   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2udq512_mask:
1795   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2uqq512_mask:
1796   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2pd_mask:
1797   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2ps_mask:
1798   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexppd512_mask:
1799   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpps512_mask:
1800   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28pd_mask:
1801   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ps_mask:
1802   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28pd_mask:
1803   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ps_mask:
1804   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
1805   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
1806   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtph2ps512_mask:
1807     ArgNum = 3;
1808     break;
1809   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
1810   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
1811   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
1812   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
1813   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpsd128_round_mask:
1814   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpss128_round_mask:
1815   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28sd_round_mask:
1816   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ss_round_mask:
1817   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
1818   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
1819   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
1820   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
1821   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28sd_round_mask:
1822   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ss_round_mask:
1823     ArgNum = 4;
1824     break;
1825   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
1826   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
1827   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
1828   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
1829   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
1830   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
1831   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
1832   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
1833   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
1834   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
1835   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangesd128_round_mask:
1836   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangess128_round_mask:
1837   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducesd_mask:
1838   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducess_mask:
1839   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
1840   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
1841     ArgNum = 5;
1842     break;
1843   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si64:
1844   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si32:
1845   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi32:
1846   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi64:
1847   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si32:
1848   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si64:
1849   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi32:
1850   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi64:
1851     ArgNum = 1;
1852     HasRC = true;
1853     break;
1854   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2sd64:
1855   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss32:
1856   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss64:
1857     ArgNum = 2;
1858     HasRC = true;
1859     break;
1860   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtdq2ps512_mask:
1861   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtudq2ps512_mask:
1862   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2ps512_mask:
1863   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2qq512_mask:
1864   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2uqq512_mask:
1865   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2qq512_mask:
1866   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2uqq512_mask:
1867   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2pd512_mask:
1868   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2ps512_mask:
1869   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2pd512_mask:
1870   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2ps512_mask:
1871     ArgNum = 3;
1872     HasRC = true;
1873     break;
1874   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addpd512_mask:
1875   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addps512_mask:
1876   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divpd512_mask:
1877   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divps512_mask:
1878   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulpd512_mask:
1879   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulps512_mask:
1880   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subpd512_mask:
1881   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subps512_mask:
1882   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addss_round_mask:
1883   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addsd_round_mask:
1884   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divss_round_mask:
1885   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divsd_round_mask:
1886   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulss_round_mask:
1887   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulsd_round_mask:
1888   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subss_round_mask:
1889   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subsd_round_mask:
1890   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefpd512_mask:
1891   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefps512_mask:
1892   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefsd_round_mask:
1893   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefss_round_mask:
1894   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantpd512_mask:
1895   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantps512_mask:
1896   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask:
1897   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask3:
1898   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_maskz:
1899   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask:
1900   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask3:
1901   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_maskz:
1902   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask:
1903   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask3:
1904   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_maskz:
1905   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask:
1906   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask3:
1907   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_maskz:
1908   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubpd512_mask3:
1909   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubps512_mask3:
1910   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddpd512_mask3:
1911   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddps512_mask3:
1912   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddpd512_mask:
1913   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddps512_mask:
1914   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask:
1915   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask3:
1916   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask:
1917   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask3:
1918   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask:
1919   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_maskz:
1920   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask3:
1921   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask:
1922   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_maskz:
1923   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask3:
1924     ArgNum = 4;
1925     HasRC = true;
1926     break;
1927   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
1928   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
1929     ArgNum = 5;
1930     HasRC = true;
1931     break;
1932   }
1933 
1934   llvm::APSInt Result;
1935 
1936   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1937   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
1938   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
1939     return false;
1940 
1941   // Check constant-ness first.
1942   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
1943     return true;
1944 
1945   // Make sure rounding mode is either ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION or ROUND_NO_EXC bit
1946   // is set. If the intrinsic has rounding control(bits 1:0), make sure its only
1947   // combined with ROUND_NO_EXC.
1948   if (Result == 4/*ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION*/ ||
1949       Result == 8/*ROUND_NO_EXC*/ ||
1950       (HasRC && Result.getZExtValue() >= 8 && Result.getZExtValue() <= 11))
1951     return false;
1952 
1953   return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_invalid_rounding)
1954     << Arg->getSourceRange();
1955 }
1956 
1957 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1958   if (BuiltinID == X86::BI__builtin_cpu_supports)
1959     return SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(*this, TheCall);
1960 
1961   if (BuiltinID == X86::BI__builtin_ms_va_start)
1962     return SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(TheCall);
1963 
1964   // If the intrinsic has rounding or SAE make sure its valid.
1965   if (CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1966     return true;
1967 
1968   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1969   // range check them here.
1970   int i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1971   switch (BuiltinID) {
1972   default:
1973     return false;
1974   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x4_mask:
1975   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x4_mask:
1976   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x8_mask:
1977   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x8_mask:
1978   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x2_256_mask:
1979   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x2_256_mask:
1980   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x4_256_mask:
1981   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x4_256_mask:
1982     i = 1; l = 0; u = 1;
1983     break;
1984   case X86::BI_mm_prefetch:
1985   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf32x4_mask:
1986   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti32x4_mask:
1987   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extractf64x2_512_mask:
1988   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_extracti64x2_512_mask:
1989     i = 1; l = 0; u = 3;
1990     break;
1991   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x8_mask:
1992   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x8_mask:
1993   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x4_mask:
1994   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x4_mask:
1995   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x2_256_mask:
1996   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x2_256_mask:
1997   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x4_256_mask:
1998   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x4_256_mask:
1999     i = 2; l = 0; u = 1;
2000     break;
2001   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sha1rnds4:
2002   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_256_mask:
2003   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_256_mask:
2004   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_256_mask:
2005   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_256_mask:
2006   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf64x2_512_mask:
2007   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti64x2_512_mask:
2008   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertf32x4_mask:
2009   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_inserti32x4_mask:
2010     i = 2; l = 0; u = 3;
2011     break;
2012   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd:
2013   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd256:
2014   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps:
2015   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps256:
2016     i = 3; l = 0; u = 3;
2017     break;
2018   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb128_mask:
2019   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw128_mask:
2020   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd128_mask:
2021   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq128_mask:
2022   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb256_mask:
2023   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw256_mask:
2024   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd256_mask:
2025   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq256_mask:
2026   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb512_mask:
2027   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw512_mask:
2028   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd512_mask:
2029   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq512_mask:
2030   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb128_mask:
2031   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw128_mask:
2032   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd128_mask:
2033   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq128_mask:
2034   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb256_mask:
2035   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw256_mask:
2036   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd256_mask:
2037   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq256_mask:
2038   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb512_mask:
2039   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw512_mask:
2040   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd512_mask:
2041   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq512_mask:
2042   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomub:
2043   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuw:
2044   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomud:
2045   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuq:
2046   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomb:
2047   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomw:
2048   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomd:
2049   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomq:
2050     i = 2; l = 0; u = 7;
2051     break;
2052   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps:
2053   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd:
2054   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps256:
2055   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd256:
2056     i = 1; l = 0; u = 15;
2057     break;
2058   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundss:
2059   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundsd:
2060   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd128_mask:
2061   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd256_mask:
2062   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
2063   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps128_mask:
2064   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps256_mask:
2065   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
2066   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
2067   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
2068     i = 2; l = 0; u = 15;
2069     break;
2070   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps:
2071   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss:
2072   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd:
2073   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd:
2074   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256:
2075   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256:
2076   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps128_mask:
2077   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd128_mask:
2078   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256_mask:
2079   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256_mask:
2080   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
2081   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
2082   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
2083   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
2084     i = 2; l = 0; u = 31;
2085     break;
2086   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xabort:
2087     i = 0; l = -128; u = 255;
2088     break;
2089   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pshufw:
2090   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_aeskeygenassist128:
2091     i = 1; l = -128; u = 255;
2092     break;
2093   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph:
2094   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph256:
2095   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_128_mask:
2096   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_128_mask:
2097   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_256_mask:
2098   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_256_mask:
2099   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
2100   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
2101   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd128_mask:
2102   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd256_mask:
2103   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
2104   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps128_mask:
2105   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps256_mask:
2106   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
2107   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold512_mask:
2108   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq512_mask:
2109   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold128_mask:
2110   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold256_mask:
2111   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq128_mask:
2112   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq256_mask:
2113   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord128_mask:
2114   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord256_mask:
2115   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq128_mask:
2116   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq256_mask:
2117   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi512_mask:
2118   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi128_mask:
2119   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllwi256_mask:
2120   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi128_mask:
2121   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi256_mask:
2122   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrldi512_mask:
2123   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi128_mask:
2124   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi256_mask:
2125   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlqi512_mask:
2126   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi512_mask:
2127   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi128_mask:
2128   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrawi256_mask:
2129   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi512_mask:
2130   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi128_mask:
2131   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psrlwi256_mask:
2132   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi128_mask:
2133   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi256_mask:
2134   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psradi512_mask:
2135   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi128_mask:
2136   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi256_mask:
2137   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psraqi512_mask:
2138   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi128_mask:
2139   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi256_mask:
2140   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pslldi512_mask:
2141   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi128_mask:
2142   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi256_mask:
2143   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_psllqi512_mask:
2144   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd128_mask:
2145   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd256_mask:
2146   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps128_mask:
2147   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps256_mask:
2148   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps512_mask:
2149   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd512_mask:
2150   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasssd_mask:
2151   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassss_mask:
2152     i = 1; l = 0; u = 255;
2153     break;
2154   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr:
2155   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertps128:
2156   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps:
2157   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dppd:
2158   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps256:
2159   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw128:
2160   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw256:
2161   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrm128:
2162   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistri128:
2163   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistria128:
2164   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistric128:
2165   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrio128:
2166   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistris128:
2167   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistriz128:
2168   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pclmulqdq128:
2169   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_pd256:
2170   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_ps256:
2171   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_si256:
2172   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permti256:
2173     i = 2; l = -128; u = 255;
2174     break;
2175   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr128:
2176   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr256:
2177   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr512_mask:
2178   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq512_mask:
2179   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd512_mask:
2180   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd128_mask:
2181   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd256_mask:
2182   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq128_mask:
2183   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq256_mask:
2184   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
2185   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
2186   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_mask:
2187   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_mask:
2188   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_mask:
2189   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_mask:
2190   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw128_mask:
2191   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw256_mask:
2192   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw512_mask:
2193     i = 2; l = 0; u = 255;
2194     break;
2195   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
2196   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
2197   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
2198   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
2199   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
2200   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
2201   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
2202   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
2203   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_mask:
2204   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_maskz:
2205   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_mask:
2206   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_maskz:
2207   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_mask:
2208   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_maskz:
2209   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_mask:
2210   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_maskz:
2211   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_mask:
2212   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_maskz:
2213   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_mask:
2214   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_maskz:
2215   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_mask:
2216   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_maskz:
2217   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_mask:
2218   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_maskz:
2219   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_mask:
2220   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_maskz:
2221   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_mask:
2222   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_maskz:
2223     i = 3; l = 0; u = 255;
2224     break;
2225   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrm128:
2226   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestri128:
2227   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestria128:
2228   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestric128:
2229   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrio128:
2230   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestris128:
2231   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestriz128:
2232     i = 4; l = -128; u = 255;
2233     break;
2234   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
2235   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
2236     i = 4; l = 0; u = 255;
2237     break;
2238   }
2239   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
2240 }
2241 
2242 /// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
2243 /// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
2244 /// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
2245 /// been populated.
2246 bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
2247                                FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
2248   FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
2249   FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
2250   FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
2251 
2252   // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
2253   // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
2254   // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
2255   if (IsCXXMember) {
2256     if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
2257       return false;
2258     --FSI->FormatIdx;
2259     if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
2260       --FSI->FirstDataArg;
2261   }
2262   return true;
2263 }
2264 
2265 /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null.
2266 ///
2267 /// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null.
2268 static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Expr) {
2269   // If the expression has non-null type, it doesn't evaluate to null.
2270   if (auto nullability
2271         = Expr->IgnoreImplicit()->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2272     if (*nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
2273       return false;
2274   }
2275 
2276   // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are
2277   // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute.
2278   if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) {
2279     if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
2280       if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE =
2281           dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr))
2282         if (const InitListExpr *ILE =
2283             dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer()))
2284           Expr = ILE->getInit(0);
2285   }
2286 
2287   bool Result;
2288   return (!Expr->isValueDependent() &&
2289           Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) &&
2290           !Result);
2291 }
2292 
2293 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S,
2294                                  const Expr *ArgExpr,
2295                                  SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2296   if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr))
2297     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(CallSiteLoc, ArgExpr,
2298            S.PDiag(diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange());
2299 }
2300 
2301 bool Sema::GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx) {
2302   FormatStringInfo FSI;
2303   if ((GetFormatStringType(Format) == FST_NSString) &&
2304       getFormatStringInfo(Format, false, &FSI)) {
2305     Idx = FSI.FormatIdx;
2306     return true;
2307   }
2308   return false;
2309 }
2310 /// \brief Diagnose use of %s directive in an NSString which is being passed
2311 /// as formatting string to formatting method.
2312 static void
2313 DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(Sema &S,
2314                                         const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2315                                         Expr **Args,
2316                                         unsigned NumArgs) {
2317   unsigned Idx = 0;
2318   bool Format = false;
2319   ObjCStringFormatFamily SFFamily = FDecl->getObjCFStringFormattingFamily();
2320   if (SFFamily == ObjCStringFormatFamily::SFF_CFString) {
2321     Idx = 2;
2322     Format = true;
2323   }
2324   else
2325     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2326       if (S.GetFormatNSStringIdx(I, Idx)) {
2327         Format = true;
2328         break;
2329       }
2330     }
2331   if (!Format || NumArgs <= Idx)
2332     return;
2333   const Expr *FormatExpr = Args[Idx];
2334   if (const CStyleCastExpr *CSCE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(FormatExpr))
2335     FormatExpr = CSCE->getSubExpr();
2336   const StringLiteral *FormatString;
2337   if (const ObjCStringLiteral *OSL =
2338       dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
2339     FormatString = OSL->getString();
2340   else
2341     FormatString = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2342   if (!FormatString)
2343     return;
2344   if (S.FormatStringHasSArg(FormatString)) {
2345     S.Diag(FormatExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_cdirective_format_string)
2346       << "%s" << 1 << 1;
2347     S.Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
2348       << FDecl->getDeclName();
2349   }
2350 }
2351 
2352 /// Determine whether the given type has a non-null nullability annotation.
2353 static bool isNonNullType(ASTContext &ctx, QualType type) {
2354   if (auto nullability = type->getNullability(ctx))
2355     return *nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull;
2356 
2357   return false;
2358 }
2359 
2360 static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S,
2361                                   const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2362                                   const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2363                                   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2364                                   SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2365   assert((FDecl || Proto) && "Need a function declaration or prototype");
2366 
2367   // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself.
2368   llvm::SmallBitVector NonNullArgs;
2369   if (FDecl) {
2370     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the function/method declaration itself.
2371     for (const auto *NonNull : FDecl->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
2372       if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
2373         // Easy case: all pointer arguments are nonnull.
2374         for (const auto *Arg : Args)
2375           if (S.isValidPointerAttrType(Arg->getType()))
2376             CheckNonNullArgument(S, Arg, CallSiteLoc);
2377         return;
2378       }
2379 
2380       for (unsigned Val : NonNull->args()) {
2381         if (Val >= Args.size())
2382           continue;
2383         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2384           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2385         NonNullArgs.set(Val);
2386       }
2387     }
2388   }
2389 
2390   if (FDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl))) {
2391     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the parameters of the
2392     // function/method.
2393     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms;
2394     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl))
2395       parms = FD->parameters();
2396     else
2397       parms = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->parameters();
2398 
2399     unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
2400     for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end();
2401          I != E; ++I, ++ParamIndex) {
2402       const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I;
2403       if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() ||
2404           isNonNullType(S.Context, PVD->getType())) {
2405         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2406           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2407 
2408         NonNullArgs.set(ParamIndex);
2409       }
2410     }
2411   } else {
2412     // If we have a non-function, non-method declaration but no
2413     // function prototype, try to dig out the function prototype.
2414     if (!Proto) {
2415       if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(FDecl)) {
2416         QualType type = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2417         if (auto pointerType = type->getAs<PointerType>())
2418           type = pointerType->getPointeeType();
2419         else if (auto blockType = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
2420           type = blockType->getPointeeType();
2421         // FIXME: data member pointers?
2422 
2423         // Dig out the function prototype, if there is one.
2424         Proto = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2425       }
2426     }
2427 
2428     // Fill in non-null argument information from the nullability
2429     // information on the parameter types (if we have them).
2430     if (Proto) {
2431       unsigned Index = 0;
2432       for (auto paramType : Proto->getParamTypes()) {
2433         if (isNonNullType(S.Context, paramType)) {
2434           if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2435             NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2436 
2437           NonNullArgs.set(Index);
2438         }
2439 
2440         ++Index;
2441       }
2442     }
2443   }
2444 
2445   // Check for non-null arguments.
2446   for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0, ArgIndexEnd = NonNullArgs.size();
2447        ArgIndex != ArgIndexEnd; ++ArgIndex) {
2448     if (NonNullArgs[ArgIndex])
2449       CheckNonNullArgument(S, Args[ArgIndex], CallSiteLoc);
2450   }
2451 }
2452 
2453 /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
2454 /// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters.
2455 void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2456                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction,
2457                      SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
2458                      VariadicCallType CallType) {
2459   // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition.
2460   if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
2461     return;
2462 
2463   // Printf and scanf checking.
2464   llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs;
2465   if (FDecl) {
2466     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2467       // Only create vector if there are format attributes.
2468       CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size());
2469 
2470       CheckFormatArguments(I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range,
2471                            CheckedVarArgs);
2472     }
2473   }
2474 
2475   // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
2476   // checks above.
2477   if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
2478     unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams()
2479                        : FDecl && isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)
2480                            ? cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)->getNumParams()
2481                        : FDecl && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)
2482                            ? cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->param_size()
2483                        : 0;
2484 
2485     for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2486       // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
2487       if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) {
2488         if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx])
2489           checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType);
2490       }
2491     }
2492   }
2493 
2494   if (FDecl || Proto) {
2495     CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Proto, Args, Loc);
2496 
2497     // Type safety checking.
2498     if (FDecl) {
2499       for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>())
2500         CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(I, Args.data());
2501     }
2502   }
2503 }
2504 
2505 /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
2506 /// properties not enforced by the C type system.
2507 void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2508                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2509                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2510                                 SourceLocation Loc) {
2511   VariadicCallType CallType =
2512     Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2513   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, Args, /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(),
2514             CallType);
2515 }
2516 
2517 /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
2518 /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
2519 bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2520                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2521   bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) &&
2522                               isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl);
2523   bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) ||
2524                           IsMemberOperatorCall;
2525   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
2526                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2527   Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs();
2528   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
2529   if (IsMemberOperatorCall) {
2530     // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument
2531     // from checkCall.
2532     // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal.
2533     ++Args;
2534     --NumArgs;
2535   }
2536   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
2537             IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2538             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2539 
2540   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
2541   // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
2542   // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
2543   if (!FnInfo)
2544     return false;
2545 
2546   CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl, FnInfo);
2547   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1)
2548     DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(*this, FDecl, Args, NumArgs);
2549 
2550   unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
2551   if (CMId == 0)
2552     return false;
2553 
2554   // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
2555   if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
2556     CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2557   else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
2558     CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2559   else
2560     CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
2561 
2562   return false;
2563 }
2564 
2565 bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
2566                                ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) {
2567   VariadicCallType CallType =
2568       Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2569 
2570   checkCall(Method, nullptr, Args,
2571             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(),
2572             CallType);
2573 
2574   return false;
2575 }
2576 
2577 bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2578                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2579   QualType Ty;
2580   if (const auto *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl))
2581     Ty = V->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2582   else if (const auto *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(NDecl))
2583     Ty = F->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2584   else
2585     return false;
2586 
2587   if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType() &&
2588       !Ty->isFunctionProtoType())
2589     return false;
2590 
2591   VariadicCallType CallType;
2592   if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2593     CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply;
2594   } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
2595     CallType = VariadicBlock;
2596   } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
2597     CallType = VariadicFunction;
2598   }
2599 
2600   checkCall(NDecl, Proto,
2601             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2602             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2603             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2604 
2605   return false;
2606 }
2607 
2608 /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available,
2609 /// such as function pointers returned from functions.
2610 bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2611   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2612                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2613   checkCall(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2614             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2615             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2616             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2617 
2618   return false;
2619 }
2620 
2621 static bool isValidOrderingForOp(int64_t Ordering, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2622   if (!llvm::isValidAtomicOrderingCABI(Ordering))
2623     return false;
2624 
2625   auto OrderingCABI = (llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI)Ordering;
2626   switch (Op) {
2627   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2628     llvm_unreachable("There is no ordering argument for an init");
2629 
2630   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2631   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2632   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2633     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::release &&
2634            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2635 
2636   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2637   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2638   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2639     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::consume &&
2640            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acquire &&
2641            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2642 
2643   default:
2644     return true;
2645   }
2646 }
2647 
2648 ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
2649                                          AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2650   CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
2651   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2652 
2653   // All these operations take one of the following forms:
2654   enum {
2655     // C    __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
2656     Init,
2657     // C    __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
2658     Load,
2659     // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
2660     LoadCopy,
2661     // void __atomic_store(A *, CP, int)
2662     Copy,
2663     // C    __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
2664     Arithmetic,
2665     // C    __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
2666     Xchg,
2667     // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
2668     GNUXchg,
2669     // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
2670     C11CmpXchg,
2671     // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
2672     GNUCmpXchg
2673   } Form = Init;
2674   const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
2675   const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
2676   // where:
2677   //   C is an appropriate type,
2678   //   A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
2679   //   CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
2680   //   M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
2681   //   the int parameters are for orderings.
2682 
2683   static_assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
2684                     AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 ==
2685                         AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load,
2686                 "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
2687   bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
2688                Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor;
2689   bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
2690              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
2691              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
2692              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
2693   bool IsAddSub = false;
2694 
2695   switch (Op) {
2696   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2697     Form = Init;
2698     break;
2699 
2700   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2701   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2702     Form = Load;
2703     break;
2704 
2705   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2706     Form = LoadCopy;
2707     break;
2708 
2709   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2710   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2711   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2712     Form = Copy;
2713     break;
2714 
2715   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
2716   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
2717   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
2718   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
2719   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
2720   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
2721     IsAddSub = true;
2722     // Fall through.
2723   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
2724   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
2725   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
2726   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
2727   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
2728   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
2729   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
2730   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
2731   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
2732   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
2733   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
2734     Form = Arithmetic;
2735     break;
2736 
2737   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
2738   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
2739     Form = Xchg;
2740     break;
2741 
2742   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
2743     Form = GNUXchg;
2744     break;
2745 
2746   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
2747   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
2748     Form = C11CmpXchg;
2749     break;
2750 
2751   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
2752   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
2753     Form = GNUCmpXchg;
2754     break;
2755   }
2756 
2757   // Check we have the right number of arguments.
2758   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) {
2759     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2760       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2761       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2762     return ExprError();
2763   } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) {
2764     Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(),
2765          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2766       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2767       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2768     return ExprError();
2769   }
2770 
2771   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
2772   Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
2773   ExprResult ConvertedPtr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr);
2774   if (ConvertedPtr.isInvalid())
2775     return ExprError();
2776 
2777   Ptr = ConvertedPtr.get();
2778   const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2779   if (!pointerType) {
2780     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2781       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2782     return ExprError();
2783   }
2784 
2785   // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
2786   QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
2787   QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
2788   if (IsC11) {
2789     if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
2790       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
2791         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2792       return ExprError();
2793     }
2794     if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) {
2795       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
2796         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2797       return ExprError();
2798     }
2799     ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
2800   } else if (Form != Load && Form != LoadCopy) {
2801     if (ValType.isConstQualified()) {
2802       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_pointer)
2803         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2804       return ExprError();
2805     }
2806   }
2807 
2808   // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
2809   if (Form == Arithmetic) {
2810     // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
2811     if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2812       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2813         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2814       return ExprError();
2815     }
2816     if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
2817       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
2818         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2819       return ExprError();
2820     }
2821     if (IsC11 && ValType->isPointerType() &&
2822         RequireCompleteType(Ptr->getLocStart(), ValType->getPointeeType(),
2823                             diag::err_incomplete_type)) {
2824       return ExprError();
2825     }
2826   } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2827     // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
2828     // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
2829     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2830       << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2831     return ExprError();
2832   }
2833 
2834   if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) &&
2835       !AtomTy->isScalarType()) {
2836     // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
2837     // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
2838     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
2839       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2840     return ExprError();
2841   }
2842 
2843   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
2844   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2845   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2846     // okay
2847     break;
2848 
2849   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2850   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2851   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2852     // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
2853     // to be trivially copyable.
2854     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
2855       << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2856     return ExprError();
2857   }
2858 
2859   // atomic_fetch_or takes a pointer to a volatile 'A'.  We shouldn't let the
2860   // volatile-ness of the pointee-type inject itself into the result or the
2861   // other operands. Similarly atomic_load can take a pointer to a const 'A'.
2862   ValType.removeLocalVolatile();
2863   ValType.removeLocalConst();
2864   QualType ResultType = ValType;
2865   if (Form == Copy || Form == LoadCopy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init)
2866     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
2867   else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
2868     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
2869 
2870   // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
2871   // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
2872   QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
2873   if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
2874     ByValType = Ptr->getType();
2875 
2876   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
2877   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
2878   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
2879   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) {
2880     QualType Ty;
2881     if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
2882       switch (i) {
2883       case 1:
2884         // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
2885         // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
2886         // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
2887         // by-value.
2888         assert(Form != Load);
2889         if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
2890           Ty = ValType;
2891         else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
2892           Ty = ByValType;
2893         else if (Form == Arithmetic)
2894           Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
2895         else {
2896           Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2897           unsigned AS = 0;
2898           // Keep address space of non-atomic pointer type.
2899           if (const PointerType *PtrTy =
2900                   ValArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2901             AS = PtrTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
2902           }
2903           Ty = Context.getPointerType(
2904               Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType(), AS));
2905         }
2906         break;
2907       case 2:
2908         // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
2909         // (pointer to a) desired value.
2910         Ty = ByValType;
2911         break;
2912       case 3:
2913         // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
2914         Ty = Context.BoolTy;
2915         break;
2916       }
2917     } else {
2918       // The order(s) are always converted to int.
2919       Ty = Context.IntTy;
2920     }
2921 
2922     InitializedEntity Entity =
2923         InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
2924     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2925     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2926     if (Arg.isInvalid())
2927       return true;
2928     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
2929   }
2930 
2931   // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
2932   SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
2933   SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
2934   switch (Form) {
2935   case Init:
2936     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
2937     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2938     break;
2939   case Load:
2940     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
2941     break;
2942   case LoadCopy:
2943   case Copy:
2944   case Arithmetic:
2945   case Xchg:
2946     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
2947     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2948     break;
2949   case GNUXchg:
2950     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
2951     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2952     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2953     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2954     break;
2955   case C11CmpXchg:
2956     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2957     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2958     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
2959     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2960     break;
2961   case GNUCmpXchg:
2962     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
2963     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2964     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
2965     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2966     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
2967     break;
2968   }
2969 
2970   if (SubExprs.size() >= 2 && Form != Init) {
2971     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
2972     if (SubExprs[1]->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context) &&
2973         !isValidOrderingForOp(Result.getSExtValue(), Op))
2974       Diag(SubExprs[1]->getLocStart(),
2975            diag::warn_atomic_op_has_invalid_memory_order)
2976           << SubExprs[1]->getSourceRange();
2977   }
2978 
2979   AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
2980                                             SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
2981                                             TheCall->getRParenLoc());
2982 
2983   if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
2984        (Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store)) &&
2985       Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE))
2986     Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib) <<
2987     ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load) ? 0 : 1);
2988 
2989   return AE;
2990 }
2991 
2992 /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
2993 /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
2994 /// place.  This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
2995 /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
2996 /// them.
2997 ///
2998 /// Returns true on error.
2999 static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
3000   FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
3001   assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
3002 
3003   ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
3004   InitializedEntity Entity =
3005     InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
3006 
3007   ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
3008   Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3009   if (Arg.isInvalid())
3010     return true;
3011 
3012   E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.get());
3013   return false;
3014 }
3015 
3016 /// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
3017 /// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
3018 /// type of its first argument.  The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
3019 /// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
3020 /// void(...).
3021 ///
3022 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
3023 /// builtins,
3024 ExprResult
3025 Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
3026   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
3027   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3028   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3029 
3030   // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
3031   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
3032     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3033       << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3034       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3035     return ExprError();
3036   }
3037 
3038   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
3039   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
3040   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3041   // casts here.
3042   // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
3043   Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3044   ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
3045   if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
3046     return ExprError();
3047   FirstArg = FirstArgResult.get();
3048   TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
3049 
3050   const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3051   if (!pointerType) {
3052     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3053       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3054     return ExprError();
3055   }
3056 
3057   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3058   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3059       !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3060     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
3061       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3062     return ExprError();
3063   }
3064 
3065   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
3066   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3067   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3068     // okay
3069     break;
3070 
3071   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3072   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3073   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3074     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
3075       << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3076     return ExprError();
3077   }
3078 
3079   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3080   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3081 
3082   // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
3083   // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
3084   QualType ResultType = ValType;
3085 
3086   // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto.  For example,
3087   // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
3088   // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
3089 #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
3090   { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
3091     Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
3092 
3093   static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
3094     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
3095     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
3096     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
3097     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
3098     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
3099     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_nand),
3100 
3101     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
3102     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
3103     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
3104     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
3105     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
3106     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_nand_and_fetch),
3107 
3108     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
3109     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
3110     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
3111     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
3112     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
3113   };
3114 #undef BUILTIN_ROW
3115 
3116   // Determine the index of the size.
3117   unsigned SizeIndex;
3118   switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
3119   case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
3120   case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
3121   case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
3122   case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
3123   case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
3124   default:
3125     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
3126       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3127     return ExprError();
3128   }
3129 
3130   // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
3131   // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
3132   // that we ignore.  Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
3133   // as the number of fixed args.
3134   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3135   unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
3136   bool WarnAboutSemanticsChange = false;
3137   switch (BuiltinID) {
3138   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
3139   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
3140   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
3141   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
3142   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
3143   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
3144   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
3145     BuiltinIndex = 0;
3146     break;
3147 
3148   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
3149   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
3150   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
3151   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
3152   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
3153   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
3154     BuiltinIndex = 1;
3155     break;
3156 
3157   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
3158   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
3159   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
3160   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
3161   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
3162   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
3163     BuiltinIndex = 2;
3164     break;
3165 
3166   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
3167   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
3168   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
3169   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
3170   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
3171   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
3172     BuiltinIndex = 3;
3173     break;
3174 
3175   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
3176   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
3177   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
3178   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
3179   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
3180   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
3181     BuiltinIndex = 4;
3182     break;
3183 
3184   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
3185   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
3186   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
3187   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
3188   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
3189   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
3190     BuiltinIndex = 5;
3191     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3192     break;
3193 
3194   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
3195   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
3196   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
3197   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
3198   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
3199   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
3200     BuiltinIndex = 6;
3201     break;
3202 
3203   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
3204   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
3205   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
3206   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
3207   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
3208   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
3209     BuiltinIndex = 7;
3210     break;
3211 
3212   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
3213   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
3214   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
3215   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
3216   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
3217   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
3218     BuiltinIndex = 8;
3219     break;
3220 
3221   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
3222   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
3223   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
3224   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
3225   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
3226   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
3227     BuiltinIndex = 9;
3228     break;
3229 
3230   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
3231   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
3232   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
3233   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
3234   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
3235   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
3236     BuiltinIndex = 10;
3237     break;
3238 
3239   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
3240   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
3241   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
3242   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
3243   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
3244   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
3245     BuiltinIndex = 11;
3246     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3247     break;
3248 
3249   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
3250   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
3251   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
3252   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
3253   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
3254   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
3255     BuiltinIndex = 12;
3256     NumFixed = 2;
3257     break;
3258 
3259   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
3260   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
3261   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
3262   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
3263   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
3264   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
3265     BuiltinIndex = 13;
3266     NumFixed = 2;
3267     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
3268     break;
3269 
3270   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
3271   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
3272   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
3273   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
3274   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
3275   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
3276     BuiltinIndex = 14;
3277     break;
3278 
3279   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
3280   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
3281   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
3282   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
3283   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
3284   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
3285     BuiltinIndex = 15;
3286     NumFixed = 0;
3287     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
3288     break;
3289 
3290   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
3291   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
3292   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
3293   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
3294   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
3295   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
3296     BuiltinIndex = 16;
3297     break;
3298   }
3299 
3300   // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
3301   // have at least that many.
3302   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
3303     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3304       << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3305       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3306     return ExprError();
3307   }
3308 
3309   if (WarnAboutSemanticsChange) {
3310     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_sync_fetch_and_nand_semantics_change)
3311       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3312   }
3313 
3314   // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
3315   // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
3316   unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
3317   const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(NewBuiltinID);
3318   FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
3319   if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
3320     NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
3321   else {
3322     // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
3323     DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
3324     LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName);
3325     LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
3326     assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
3327     NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
3328     if (!NewBuiltinDecl)
3329       return ExprError();
3330   }
3331 
3332   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
3333   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
3334   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
3335   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
3336     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
3337 
3338     // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType.  This
3339     // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
3340     // Initialize the argument.
3341     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3342                                                    ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3343     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3344     if (Arg.isInvalid())
3345       return ExprError();
3346 
3347     // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type.  Check
3348     // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here.  This can
3349     // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
3350     // pass in 42.  The 42 gets converted to char.  This is even more strange
3351     // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
3352     // FIXME: Do this check.
3353     TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.get());
3354   }
3355 
3356   ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
3357 
3358   // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
3359   DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3360       Context,
3361       DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
3362       SourceLocation(),
3363       NewBuiltinDecl,
3364       /*enclosing*/ false,
3365       DRE->getLocation(),
3366       Context.BuiltinFnTy,
3367       DRE->getValueKind());
3368 
3369   // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
3370   // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
3371   QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
3372   ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
3373                                               CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
3374   TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.get());
3375 
3376   // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
3377   // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
3378   // gracefully.
3379   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
3380 
3381   return TheCallResult;
3382 }
3383 
3384 /// SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded - We have a call to
3385 /// __builtin_nontemporal_store or __builtin_nontemporal_load, which is an
3386 /// overloaded function based on the pointer type of its last argument.
3387 ///
3388 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
3389 /// builtins.
3390 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
3391   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
3392   DeclRefExpr *DRE =
3393       cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3394   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3395   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3396   assert((BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store ||
3397           BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load) &&
3398          "Unexpected nontemporal load/store builtin!");
3399   bool isStore = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store;
3400   unsigned numArgs = isStore ? 2 : 1;
3401 
3402   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
3403   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, numArgs))
3404     return ExprError();
3405 
3406   // Inspect the last argument of the nontemporal builtin.  This should always
3407   // be a pointer type, from which we imply the type of the memory access.
3408   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3409   // casts here.
3410   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(numArgs - 1);
3411   ExprResult PointerArgResult =
3412       DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
3413 
3414   if (PointerArgResult.isInvalid())
3415     return ExprError();
3416   PointerArg = PointerArgResult.get();
3417   TheCall->setArg(numArgs - 1, PointerArg);
3418 
3419   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3420   if (!pointerType) {
3421     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3422         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3423     return ExprError();
3424   }
3425 
3426   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3427 
3428   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3429   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3430   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3431       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType() &&
3432       !ValType->isVectorType()) {
3433     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(),
3434          diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr_or_vector)
3435         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3436     return ExprError();
3437   }
3438 
3439   if (!isStore) {
3440     TheCall->setType(ValType);
3441     return TheCallResult;
3442   }
3443 
3444   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3445   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
3446       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3447   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
3448   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
3449     return ExprError();
3450 
3451   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
3452   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3453   return TheCallResult;
3454 }
3455 
3456 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
3457 /// CFString constructor is correct
3458 /// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
3459 /// simplify the backend).
3460 bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
3461   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3462   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3463 
3464   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
3465     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
3466       << Arg->getSourceRange();
3467     return true;
3468   }
3469 
3470   if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
3471     StringRef String = Literal->getString();
3472     unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
3473     SmallVector<llvm::UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
3474     const llvm::UTF8 *FromPtr = (const llvm::UTF8 *)String.data();
3475     llvm::UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
3476 
3477     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
3478         llvm::ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes, &ToPtr,
3479                                  ToPtr + NumBytes, llvm::strictConversion);
3480     // Check for conversion failure.
3481     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK)
3482       Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
3483            diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
3484   }
3485   return false;
3486 }
3487 
3488 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the format string argument to the os_log()
3489 /// and os_trace() functions is correct, and converts it to const char *.
3490 ExprResult Sema::CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg) {
3491   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3492   auto *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3493   if (!Literal) {
3494     if (auto *ObjcLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(Arg)) {
3495       Literal = ObjcLiteral->getString();
3496     }
3497   }
3498 
3499   if (!Literal || (!Literal->isAscii() && !Literal->isUTF8())) {
3500     return ExprError(
3501         Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_os_log_format_not_string_constant)
3502         << Arg->getSourceRange());
3503   }
3504 
3505   ExprResult Result(Literal);
3506   QualType ResultTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst());
3507   InitializedEntity Entity =
3508       InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ResultTy, false);
3509   Result = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Result);
3510   return Result;
3511 }
3512 
3513 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' or '__builtin_ms_va_start'
3514 /// for validity.  Emit an error and return true on failure; return false
3515 /// on success.
3516 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3517   Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
3518   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
3519     Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3520          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3521       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3522       << Fn->getSourceRange()
3523       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3524                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3525     return true;
3526   }
3527 
3528   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
3529     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3530       diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3531       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
3532   }
3533 
3534   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3535   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
3536     return true;
3537 
3538   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
3539   BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
3540   bool isVariadic;
3541   if (CurBlock)
3542     isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
3543   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3544     isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3545   else
3546     isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
3547 
3548   if (!isVariadic) {
3549     Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
3550     return true;
3551   }
3552 
3553   // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
3554   // current function or method.
3555   bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
3556   const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3557 
3558   // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next
3559   // block.
3560   QualType Type;
3561   SourceLocation ParamLoc;
3562   bool IsCRegister = false;
3563 
3564   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
3565     if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3566       // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
3567       // Get the last formal in the current function.
3568       const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
3569       if (CurBlock)
3570         LastArg = CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters().back();
3571       else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3572         LastArg = FD->parameters().back();
3573       else
3574         LastArg = getCurMethodDecl()->parameters().back();
3575       SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
3576 
3577       Type = PV->getType();
3578       ParamLoc = PV->getLocation();
3579       IsCRegister =
3580           PV->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3581     }
3582   }
3583 
3584   if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
3585     Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3586          diag::warn_second_arg_of_va_start_not_last_named_param);
3587   else if (IsCRegister || Type->isReferenceType() ||
3588            Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float) || [=] {
3589              // Promotable integers are UB, but enumerations need a bit of
3590              // extra checking to see what their promotable type actually is.
3591              if (!Type->isPromotableIntegerType())
3592                return false;
3593              if (!Type->isEnumeralType())
3594                return true;
3595              const EnumDecl *ED = Type->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
3596              return !(ED &&
3597                       Context.typesAreCompatible(ED->getPromotionType(), Type));
3598            }()) {
3599     unsigned Reason = 0;
3600     if (Type->isReferenceType())  Reason = 1;
3601     else if (IsCRegister)         Reason = 2;
3602     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_va_start_type_is_undefined) << Reason;
3603     Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type;
3604   }
3605 
3606   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3607   return false;
3608 }
3609 
3610 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' for validity, and that
3611 /// it was called from a function of the native ABI.
3612 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
3613 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3614   // On x86-64 Unix, don't allow this in Win64 ABI functions.
3615   // On x64 Windows, don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3616   // (Yes, that means there's no corresponding way to support variadic
3617   // System V ABI functions on Windows.)
3618   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64) {
3619     unsigned OS = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getOS();
3620     clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3621     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3622       CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3623     if ((OS == llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64SysV) ||
3624         (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64Win64))
3625       return Diag(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3626                   diag::err_va_start_used_in_wrong_abi_function)
3627              << (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32);
3628   }
3629   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3630 }
3631 
3632 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_ms_va_start' for validity, and that
3633 /// it was called from a Win64 ABI function.
3634 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
3635 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3636   // This only makes sense for x86-64.
3637   const llvm::Triple &TT = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
3638   Expr *Callee = TheCall->getCallee();
3639   if (TT.getArch() != llvm::Triple::x86_64)
3640     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_32_bit_tgt);
3641   // Don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3642   clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3643   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3644     CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3645   if (CC == CC_X86_64SysV ||
3646       (TT.getOS() != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC != CC_X86_64Win64))
3647     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(),
3648                 diag::err_ms_va_start_used_in_sysv_function);
3649   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3650 }
3651 
3652 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call) {
3653   // void __va_start(va_list *ap, const char *named_addr, size_t slot_size,
3654   //                 const char *named_addr);
3655 
3656   Expr *Func = Call->getCallee();
3657 
3658   if (Call->getNumArgs() < 3)
3659     return Diag(Call->getLocEnd(),
3660                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3661            << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << Call->getNumArgs();
3662 
3663   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
3664   bool IsVariadic;
3665   if (BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock())
3666     IsVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
3667   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3668     IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3669   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3670     IsVariadic = MD->isVariadic();
3671   else
3672     llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement type");
3673 
3674   if (!IsVariadic) {
3675     Diag(Func->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
3676     return true;
3677   }
3678 
3679   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3680   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, Call, 0))
3681     return true;
3682 
3683   const struct {
3684     unsigned ArgNo;
3685     QualType Type;
3686   } ArgumentTypes[] = {
3687     { 1, Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst()) },
3688     { 2, Context.getSizeType() },
3689   };
3690 
3691   for (const auto &AT : ArgumentTypes) {
3692     const Expr *Arg = Call->getArg(AT.ArgNo)->IgnoreParens();
3693     if (Arg->getType().getCanonicalType() == AT.Type.getCanonicalType())
3694       continue;
3695     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
3696       << Arg->getType() << AT.Type << 1 /* different class */
3697       << 0 /* qualifier difference */ << 3 /* parameter mismatch */
3698       << AT.ArgNo + 1 << Arg->getType() << AT.Type;
3699   }
3700 
3701   return false;
3702 }
3703 
3704 /// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
3705 /// friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3706 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3707   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3708     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3709       << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3710   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
3711     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3712                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3713       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3714       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3715                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3716 
3717   ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
3718   ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
3719 
3720   // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
3721   // type.
3722   QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
3723   if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
3724     return true;
3725 
3726   // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
3727   // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
3728   // foo(...)".
3729   TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
3730   TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
3731 
3732   if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
3733     return false;
3734 
3735   // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
3736   // invalid for this operation.
3737   if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
3738     return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
3739                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
3740       << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
3741       << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
3742 
3743   return false;
3744 }
3745 
3746 /// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
3747 /// __builtin_isnan and friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have
3748 /// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
3749 /// value.
3750 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
3751   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
3752     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3753       << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3754   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
3755     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3756                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3757       << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3758       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3759                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3760 
3761   Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
3762 
3763   if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
3764     return false;
3765 
3766   // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
3767   if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
3768     return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
3769                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
3770       << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
3771 
3772   // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
3773   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
3774     Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
3775     if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3776       assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
3777              "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
3778       Cast->setSubExpr(nullptr);
3779       TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
3780     }
3781   }
3782 
3783   return false;
3784 }
3785 
3786 /// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
3787 // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3788 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3789   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3790     return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3791                           diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3792                      << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3793                      << TheCall->getSourceRange());
3794 
3795   // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
3796   // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
3797   // 2) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
3798   QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3799   unsigned numElements = 0;
3800 
3801   if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
3802       !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
3803     QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3804     QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
3805 
3806     if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType())
3807       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3808                             diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
3809                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3810                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3811 
3812     numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3813     unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
3814 
3815     // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
3816     // with mask.  If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
3817     // same number of elts as lhs.
3818     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
3819       if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
3820           RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
3821         return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3822                               diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3823                          << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3824                                         TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3825     } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
3826       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3827                             diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3828                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3829                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3830     } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
3831       QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
3832       resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
3833                                       VectorType::GenericVector);
3834     }
3835   }
3836 
3837   for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
3838     if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
3839         TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
3840       continue;
3841 
3842     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
3843     if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
3844       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3845                             diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
3846                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3847 
3848     // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR.
3849     if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue())
3850       continue;
3851 
3852     if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
3853       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3854                             diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
3855                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3856   }
3857 
3858   SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
3859 
3860   for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
3861     exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
3862     TheCall->setArg(i, nullptr);
3863   }
3864 
3865   return new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
3866                                          TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3867                                          TheCall->getRParenLoc());
3868 }
3869 
3870 /// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector
3871 ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3872                                        SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3873                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3874   ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
3875   ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
3876   QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType();
3877   QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
3878 
3879   if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType())
3880     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3881                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector)
3882                      << E->getSourceRange());
3883   if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType())
3884     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3885                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type));
3886 
3887   if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) {
3888     unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3889     unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3890     if (SrcElts != DstElts)
3891       return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3892                             diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector)
3893                        << E->getSourceRange());
3894   }
3895 
3896   return new (Context)
3897       ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
3898 }
3899 
3900 /// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
3901 // This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
3902 // optional constant int args.
3903 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3904   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3905 
3906   if (NumArgs > 3)
3907     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3908              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3909              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3910              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3911 
3912   // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
3913   // constant integers.
3914   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i)
3915     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, 0, i == 1 ? 1 : 3))
3916       return true;
3917 
3918   return false;
3919 }
3920 
3921 /// SemaBuiltinAssume - Handle __assume (MS Extension).
3922 // __assume does not evaluate its arguments, and should warn if its argument
3923 // has side effects.
3924 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3925   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3926   if (Arg->isInstantiationDependent()) return false;
3927 
3928   if (Arg->HasSideEffects(Context))
3929     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_assume_side_effects)
3930       << Arg->getSourceRange()
3931       << cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getIdentifier();
3932 
3933   return false;
3934 }
3935 
3936 /// Handle __builtin_assume_aligned. This is declared
3937 /// as (const void*, size_t, ...) and can take one optional constant int arg.
3938 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3939   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3940 
3941   if (NumArgs > 3)
3942     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3943              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3944              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3945              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3946 
3947   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
3948   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
3949 
3950   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3951   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
3952     llvm::APSInt Result;
3953     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
3954       return true;
3955 
3956     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
3957       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3958                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
3959            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3960   }
3961 
3962   if (NumArgs > 2) {
3963     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(2));
3964     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3965       Context.getSizeType(), false);
3966     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3967     if (Arg.isInvalid()) return true;
3968     TheCall->setArg(2, Arg.get());
3969   }
3970 
3971   return false;
3972 }
3973 
3974 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3975   unsigned BuiltinID =
3976       cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getBuiltinID();
3977   bool IsSizeCall = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size;
3978 
3979   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3980   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = IsSizeCall ? 1 : 2;
3981   if (NumArgs < NumRequiredArgs) {
3982     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3983            << 0 /* function call */ << NumRequiredArgs << NumArgs
3984            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3985   }
3986   if (NumArgs >= NumRequiredArgs + 0x100) {
3987     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3988                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3989            << 0 /* function call */ << (NumRequiredArgs + 0xff) << NumArgs
3990            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3991   }
3992   unsigned i = 0;
3993 
3994   // For formatting call, check buffer arg.
3995   if (!IsSizeCall) {
3996     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(i));
3997     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
3998         Context, Context.VoidPtrTy, false);
3999     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
4000     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4001       return true;
4002     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4003     i++;
4004   }
4005 
4006   // Check string literal arg.
4007   unsigned FormatIdx = i;
4008   {
4009     ExprResult Arg = CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(TheCall->getArg(i));
4010     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4011       return true;
4012     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4013     i++;
4014   }
4015 
4016   // Make sure variadic args are scalar.
4017   unsigned FirstDataArg = i;
4018   while (i < NumArgs) {
4019     ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(
4020         TheCall->getArg(i), VariadicFunction, nullptr);
4021     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4022       return true;
4023     CharUnits ArgSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Arg.get()->getType());
4024     if (ArgSize.getQuantity() >= 0x100) {
4025       return Diag(Arg.get()->getLocEnd(), diag::err_os_log_argument_too_big)
4026              << i << (int)ArgSize.getQuantity() << 0xff
4027              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4028     }
4029     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4030     i++;
4031   }
4032 
4033   // Check formatting specifiers. NOTE: We're only doing this for the non-size
4034   // call to avoid duplicate diagnostics.
4035   if (!IsSizeCall) {
4036     llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs(NumArgs, false);
4037     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs());
4038     bool Success = CheckFormatArguments(
4039         Args, /*HasVAListArg*/ false, FormatIdx, FirstDataArg, FST_OSLog,
4040         VariadicFunction, TheCall->getLocStart(), SourceRange(),
4041         CheckedVarArgs);
4042     if (!Success)
4043       return true;
4044   }
4045 
4046   if (IsSizeCall) {
4047     TheCall->setType(Context.getSizeType());
4048   } else {
4049     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
4050   }
4051   return false;
4052 }
4053 
4054 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4055 /// TheCall is a constant expression.
4056 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4057                                   llvm::APSInt &Result) {
4058   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4059   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
4060   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
4061 
4062   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
4063 
4064   if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
4065     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
4066                 << FDecl->getDeclName() <<  Arg->getSourceRange();
4067 
4068   return false;
4069 }
4070 
4071 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4072 /// TheCall is a constant expression in the range [Low, High].
4073 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4074                                        int Low, int High) {
4075   llvm::APSInt Result;
4076 
4077   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4078   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4079   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4080     return false;
4081 
4082   // Check constant-ness first.
4083   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
4084     return true;
4085 
4086   if (Result.getSExtValue() < Low || Result.getSExtValue() > High)
4087     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
4088       << Low << High << Arg->getSourceRange();
4089 
4090   return false;
4091 }
4092 
4093 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4094 /// TheCall is a constant expression is a multiple of Num..
4095 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4096                                           unsigned Num) {
4097   llvm::APSInt Result;
4098 
4099   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4100   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4101   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4102     return false;
4103 
4104   // Check constant-ness first.
4105   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
4106     return true;
4107 
4108   if (Result.getSExtValue() % Num != 0)
4109     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_not_multiple)
4110       << Num << Arg->getSourceRange();
4111 
4112   return false;
4113 }
4114 
4115 /// SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4116 /// TheCall is an ARM/AArch64 special register string literal.
4117 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
4118                                     int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
4119                                     bool AllowName) {
4120   bool IsARMBuiltin = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
4121                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
4122                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
4123                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
4124                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
4125                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
4126   bool IsAArch64Builtin = BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
4127                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
4128                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
4129                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
4130                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
4131                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
4132   assert((IsARMBuiltin || IsAArch64Builtin) && "Unexpected ARM builtin.");
4133 
4134   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4135   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4136   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4137     return false;
4138 
4139   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
4140   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4141     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
4142            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4143 
4144   // Check the type of special register given.
4145   StringRef Reg = cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
4146   SmallVector<StringRef, 6> Fields;
4147   Reg.split(Fields, ":");
4148 
4149   if (Fields.size() != ExpectedFieldNum && !(AllowName && Fields.size() == 1))
4150     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
4151            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4152 
4153   // If the string is the name of a register then we cannot check that it is
4154   // valid here but if the string is of one the forms described in ACLE then we
4155   // can check that the supplied fields are integers and within the valid
4156   // ranges.
4157   if (Fields.size() > 1) {
4158     bool FiveFields = Fields.size() == 5;
4159 
4160     bool ValidString = true;
4161     if (IsARMBuiltin) {
4162       ValidString &= Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ||
4163                      Fields[0].startswith_lower("p");
4164       if (ValidString)
4165         Fields[0] =
4166           Fields[0].drop_front(Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ? 2 : 1);
4167 
4168       ValidString &= Fields[2].startswith_lower("c");
4169       if (ValidString)
4170         Fields[2] = Fields[2].drop_front(1);
4171 
4172       if (FiveFields) {
4173         ValidString &= Fields[3].startswith_lower("c");
4174         if (ValidString)
4175           Fields[3] = Fields[3].drop_front(1);
4176       }
4177     }
4178 
4179     SmallVector<int, 5> Ranges;
4180     if (FiveFields)
4181       Ranges.append({IsAArch64Builtin ? 1 : 15, 7, 7, 15, 15});
4182     else
4183       Ranges.append({15, 7, 15});
4184 
4185     for (unsigned i=0; i<Fields.size(); ++i) {
4186       int IntField;
4187       ValidString &= !Fields[i].getAsInteger(10, IntField);
4188       ValidString &= (IntField >= 0 && IntField <= Ranges[i]);
4189     }
4190 
4191     if (!ValidString)
4192       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
4193              << Arg->getSourceRange();
4194 
4195   } else if (IsAArch64Builtin && Fields.size() == 1) {
4196     // If the register name is one of those that appear in the condition below
4197     // and the special register builtin being used is one of the write builtins,
4198     // then we require that the argument provided for writing to the register
4199     // is an integer constant expression. This is because it will be lowered to
4200     // an MSR (immediate) instruction, so we need to know the immediate at
4201     // compile time.
4202     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() != 2)
4203       return false;
4204 
4205     std::string RegLower = Reg.lower();
4206     if (RegLower != "spsel" && RegLower != "daifset" && RegLower != "daifclr" &&
4207         RegLower != "pan" && RegLower != "uao")
4208       return false;
4209 
4210     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15);
4211   }
4212 
4213   return false;
4214 }
4215 
4216 /// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
4217 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_longjmp and
4218 /// that val is a constant 1.
4219 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4220   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
4221     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_unsupported)
4222              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
4223 
4224   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
4225   llvm::APSInt Result;
4226 
4227   // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
4228   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
4229     return true;
4230 
4231   if (Result != 1)
4232     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
4233              << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
4234 
4235   return false;
4236 }
4237 
4238 /// SemaBuiltinSetjmp - Handle __builtin_setjmp(void *env[5]).
4239 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_setjmp.
4240 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4241   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
4242     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_setjmp_unsupported)
4243              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
4244   return false;
4245 }
4246 
4247 namespace {
4248 class UncoveredArgHandler {
4249   enum { Unknown = -1, AllCovered = -2 };
4250   signed FirstUncoveredArg;
4251   SmallVector<const Expr *, 4> DiagnosticExprs;
4252 
4253 public:
4254   UncoveredArgHandler() : FirstUncoveredArg(Unknown) { }
4255 
4256   bool hasUncoveredArg() const {
4257     return (FirstUncoveredArg >= 0);
4258   }
4259 
4260   unsigned getUncoveredArg() const {
4261     assert(hasUncoveredArg() && "no uncovered argument");
4262     return FirstUncoveredArg;
4263   }
4264 
4265   void setAllCovered() {
4266     // A string has been found with all arguments covered, so clear out
4267     // the diagnostics.
4268     DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4269     FirstUncoveredArg = AllCovered;
4270   }
4271 
4272   void Update(signed NewFirstUncoveredArg, const Expr *StrExpr) {
4273     assert(NewFirstUncoveredArg >= 0 && "Outside range");
4274 
4275     // Don't update if a previous string covers all arguments.
4276     if (FirstUncoveredArg == AllCovered)
4277       return;
4278 
4279     // UncoveredArgHandler tracks the highest uncovered argument index
4280     // and with it all the strings that match this index.
4281     if (NewFirstUncoveredArg == FirstUncoveredArg)
4282       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4283     else if (NewFirstUncoveredArg > FirstUncoveredArg) {
4284       DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4285       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4286       FirstUncoveredArg = NewFirstUncoveredArg;
4287     }
4288   }
4289 
4290   void Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgExpr);
4291 };
4292 
4293 enum StringLiteralCheckType {
4294   SLCT_NotALiteral,
4295   SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
4296   SLCT_CheckedLiteral
4297 };
4298 } // end anonymous namespace
4299 
4300 static void sumOffsets(llvm::APSInt &Offset, llvm::APSInt Addend,
4301                                      BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind,
4302                                      bool AddendIsRight) {
4303   unsigned BitWidth = Offset.getBitWidth();
4304   unsigned AddendBitWidth = Addend.getBitWidth();
4305   // There might be negative interim results.
4306   if (Addend.isUnsigned()) {
4307     Addend = Addend.zext(++AddendBitWidth);
4308     Addend.setIsSigned(true);
4309   }
4310   // Adjust the bit width of the APSInts.
4311   if (AddendBitWidth > BitWidth) {
4312     Offset = Offset.sext(AddendBitWidth);
4313     BitWidth = AddendBitWidth;
4314   } else if (BitWidth > AddendBitWidth) {
4315     Addend = Addend.sext(BitWidth);
4316   }
4317 
4318   bool Ov = false;
4319   llvm::APSInt ResOffset = Offset;
4320   if (BinOpKind == BO_Add)
4321     ResOffset = Offset.sadd_ov(Addend, Ov);
4322   else {
4323     assert(AddendIsRight && BinOpKind == BO_Sub &&
4324            "operator must be add or sub with addend on the right");
4325     ResOffset = Offset.ssub_ov(Addend, Ov);
4326   }
4327 
4328   // We add an offset to a pointer here so we should support an offset as big as
4329   // possible.
4330   if (Ov) {
4331     assert(BitWidth <= UINT_MAX / 2 && "index (intermediate) result too big");
4332     Offset = Offset.sext(2 * BitWidth);
4333     sumOffsets(Offset, Addend, BinOpKind, AddendIsRight);
4334     return;
4335   }
4336 
4337   Offset = ResOffset;
4338 }
4339 
4340 namespace {
4341 // This is a wrapper class around StringLiteral to support offsetted string
4342 // literals as format strings. It takes the offset into account when returning
4343 // the string and its length or the source locations to display notes correctly.
4344 class FormatStringLiteral {
4345   const StringLiteral *FExpr;
4346   int64_t Offset;
4347 
4348  public:
4349   FormatStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *fexpr, int64_t Offset = 0)
4350       : FExpr(fexpr), Offset(Offset) {}
4351 
4352   StringRef getString() const {
4353     return FExpr->getString().drop_front(Offset);
4354   }
4355 
4356   unsigned getByteLength() const {
4357     return FExpr->getByteLength() - getCharByteWidth() * Offset;
4358   }
4359   unsigned getLength() const { return FExpr->getLength() - Offset; }
4360   unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return FExpr->getCharByteWidth(); }
4361 
4362   StringLiteral::StringKind getKind() const { return FExpr->getKind(); }
4363 
4364   QualType getType() const { return FExpr->getType(); }
4365 
4366   bool isAscii() const { return FExpr->isAscii(); }
4367   bool isWide() const { return FExpr->isWide(); }
4368   bool isUTF8() const { return FExpr->isUTF8(); }
4369   bool isUTF16() const { return FExpr->isUTF16(); }
4370   bool isUTF32() const { return FExpr->isUTF32(); }
4371   bool isPascal() const { return FExpr->isPascal(); }
4372 
4373   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(
4374       unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &Features,
4375       const TargetInfo &Target, unsigned *StartToken = nullptr,
4376       unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const {
4377     return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo + Offset, SM, Features, Target,
4378                                     StartToken, StartTokenByteOffset);
4379   }
4380 
4381   SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
4382     return FExpr->getLocStart().getLocWithOffset(Offset);
4383   }
4384   SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return FExpr->getLocEnd(); }
4385 };
4386 }  // end anonymous namespace
4387 
4388 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
4389                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
4390                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4391                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4392                               unsigned firstDataArg,
4393                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4394                               bool inFunctionCall,
4395                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
4396                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4397                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg);
4398 
4399 // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
4400 // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
4401 // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
4402 // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
4403 static StringLiteralCheckType
4404 checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4405                       bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4406                       unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4407                       Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall,
4408                       llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4409                       UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg,
4410                       llvm::APSInt Offset) {
4411  tryAgain:
4412   assert(Offset.isSigned() && "invalid offset");
4413 
4414   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4415     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4416 
4417   E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
4418 
4419   if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
4420     // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
4421     // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
4422     // dependent.  Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
4423     // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
4424     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4425 
4426   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
4427   case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
4428   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
4429     // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
4430     // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
4431     const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
4432         cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
4433 
4434     // Determine whether it is necessary to check both sub-expressions, for
4435     // example, because the condition expression is a constant that can be
4436     // evaluated at compile time.
4437     bool CheckLeft = true, CheckRight = true;
4438 
4439     bool Cond;
4440     if (C->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Cond, S.getASTContext())) {
4441       if (Cond)
4442         CheckRight = false;
4443       else
4444         CheckLeft = false;
4445     }
4446 
4447     // We need to maintain the offsets for the right and the left hand side
4448     // separately to check if every possible indexed expression is a valid
4449     // string literal. They might have different offsets for different string
4450     // literals in the end.
4451     StringLiteralCheckType Left;
4452     if (!CheckLeft)
4453       Left = SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4454     else {
4455       Left = checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args,
4456                                    HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4457                                    Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4458                                    CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4459       if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral || !CheckRight) {
4460         return Left;
4461       }
4462     }
4463 
4464     StringLiteralCheckType Right =
4465         checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args,
4466                               HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4467                               Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4468                               UncoveredArg, Offset);
4469 
4470     return (CheckLeft && Left < Right) ? Left : Right;
4471   }
4472 
4473   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
4474     E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
4475     goto tryAgain;
4476   }
4477 
4478   case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
4479     if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
4480       E = src;
4481       goto tryAgain;
4482     }
4483     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4484 
4485   case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
4486     // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
4487     // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
4488     // liability.
4489     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4490 
4491   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
4492     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
4493 
4494     // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
4495     // const string literals.
4496     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
4497       bool isConstant = false;
4498       QualType T = DR->getType();
4499 
4500       if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4501         isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context);
4502       } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4503         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) &&
4504                      PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context);
4505       } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4506         // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
4507         // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
4508         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context);
4509       }
4510 
4511       if (isConstant) {
4512         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
4513           // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
4514           if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
4515             if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
4516               Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4517           }
4518           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args,
4519                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4520                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4521                                        /*InFunctionCall*/ false, CheckedVarArgs,
4522                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4523         }
4524       }
4525 
4526       // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
4527       // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
4528       // of the function calling the printf function.  If the function
4529       // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
4530       // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
4531       // to a vprintf function.  For example:
4532       //
4533       // void
4534       // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
4535       //      va_list ap;
4536       //      va_start(ap, fmt);
4537       //      vprintf(fmt, ap);  // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
4538       //      ...
4539       // }
4540       if (HasVAListArg) {
4541         if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
4542           if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
4543             int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
4544             for (const auto *PVFormat : ND->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
4545               // adjust for implicit parameter
4546               if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4547                 if (MD->isInstance())
4548                   ++PVIndex;
4549               // We also check if the formats are compatible.
4550               // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
4551               if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
4552                   Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
4553                 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4554             }
4555           }
4556         }
4557       }
4558     }
4559 
4560     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4561   }
4562 
4563   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
4564   case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
4565     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
4566     if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
4567       if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4568         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4569         if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4570           if (MD->isInstance())
4571             --ArgIndex;
4572         const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4573 
4574         return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4575                                      HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4576                                      Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4577                                      CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4578       } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
4579         unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
4580         if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
4581             BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
4582           const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
4583           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4584                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4585                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4586                                        InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4587                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4588         }
4589       }
4590     }
4591 
4592     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4593   }
4594   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass: {
4595     const auto *ME = cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
4596     if (const auto *ND = ME->getMethodDecl()) {
4597       if (const auto *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4598         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4599         const Expr *Arg = ME->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4600         return checkFormatStringExpr(
4601             S, Arg, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
4602             CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4603       }
4604     }
4605 
4606     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4607   }
4608   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
4609   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
4610     const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr;
4611 
4612     if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
4613       StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
4614     else
4615       StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4616 
4617     if (StrE) {
4618       if (Offset.isNegative() || Offset > StrE->getLength()) {
4619         // TODO: It would be better to have an explicit warning for out of
4620         // bounds literals.
4621         return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4622       }
4623       FormatStringLiteral FStr(StrE, Offset.sextOrTrunc(64).getSExtValue());
4624       CheckFormatString(S, &FStr, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4625                         firstDataArg, Type, InFunctionCall, CallType,
4626                         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
4627       return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4628     }
4629 
4630     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4631   }
4632   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
4633     llvm::APSInt LResult;
4634     llvm::APSInt RResult;
4635 
4636     const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
4637 
4638     // A string literal + an int offset is still a string literal.
4639     if (BinOp->isAdditiveOp()) {
4640       bool LIsInt = BinOp->getLHS()->EvaluateAsInt(LResult, S.Context);
4641       bool RIsInt = BinOp->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(RResult, S.Context);
4642 
4643       if (LIsInt != RIsInt) {
4644         BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind = BinOp->getOpcode();
4645 
4646         if (LIsInt) {
4647           if (BinOpKind == BO_Add) {
4648             sumOffsets(Offset, LResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4649             E = BinOp->getRHS();
4650             goto tryAgain;
4651           }
4652         } else {
4653           sumOffsets(Offset, RResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4654           E = BinOp->getLHS();
4655           goto tryAgain;
4656         }
4657       }
4658     }
4659 
4660     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4661   }
4662   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4663     const UnaryOperator *UnaOp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
4664     auto ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(UnaOp->getSubExpr());
4665     if (UnaOp->getOpcode() == clang::UO_AddrOf && ASE) {
4666       llvm::APSInt IndexResult;
4667       if (ASE->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(IndexResult, S.Context)) {
4668         sumOffsets(Offset, IndexResult, BO_Add, /*RHS is int*/ true);
4669         E = ASE->getBase();
4670         goto tryAgain;
4671       }
4672     }
4673 
4674     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4675   }
4676 
4677   default:
4678     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4679   }
4680 }
4681 
4682 Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
4683   return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName())
4684       .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
4685       .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
4686       .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
4687       .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
4688       .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
4689       .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
4690       .Case("freebsd_kprintf", FST_FreeBSDKPrintf)
4691       .Case("os_trace", FST_OSLog)
4692       .Case("os_log", FST_OSLog)
4693       .Default(FST_Unknown);
4694 }
4695 
4696 /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
4697 /// functions) for correct use of format strings.
4698 /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
4699 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
4700                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4701                                 bool IsCXXMember,
4702                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
4703                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4704                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
4705   FormatStringInfo FSI;
4706   if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
4707     return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
4708                                 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
4709                                 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs);
4710   return false;
4711 }
4712 
4713 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4714                                 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4715                                 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
4716                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
4717                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4718                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
4719   // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
4720   if (format_idx >= Args.size()) {
4721     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
4722     return false;
4723   }
4724 
4725   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
4726 
4727   // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
4728   //
4729   // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
4730   // automatically vet at compile time.  Requiring that format strings
4731   // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
4732   // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
4733   // many format string exploits.
4734 
4735   // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
4736   // C string (e.g. "%d")
4737   // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
4738   // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
4739   UncoveredArgHandler UncoveredArg;
4740   StringLiteralCheckType CT =
4741       checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg,
4742                             format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4743                             /*IsFunctionCall*/ true, CheckedVarArgs,
4744                             UncoveredArg,
4745                             /*no string offset*/ llvm::APSInt(64, false) = 0);
4746 
4747   // Generate a diagnostic where an uncovered argument is detected.
4748   if (UncoveredArg.hasUncoveredArg()) {
4749     unsigned ArgIdx = UncoveredArg.getUncoveredArg() + firstDataArg;
4750     assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "ArgIdx outside bounds");
4751     UncoveredArg.Diagnose(*this, /*IsFunctionCall*/true, Args[ArgIdx]);
4752   }
4753 
4754   if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
4755     // Literal format string found, check done!
4756     return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4757 
4758   // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
4759   // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
4760   if (Type == FST_Strftime)
4761     return false;
4762 
4763   // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
4764   // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
4765   // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
4766   // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
4767   SourceLocation FormatLoc = Args[format_idx]->getLocStart();
4768   if (Type == FST_NSString && SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(FormatLoc))
4769     return false;
4770 
4771   // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
4772   // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
4773   if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) {
4774     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
4775       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4776     switch (Type) {
4777     default:
4778       break;
4779     case FST_Kprintf:
4780     case FST_FreeBSDKPrintf:
4781     case FST_Printf:
4782       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
4783         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "\"%s\", ");
4784       break;
4785     case FST_NSString:
4786       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
4787         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "@\"%@\", ");
4788       break;
4789     }
4790   } else {
4791     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
4792       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4793   }
4794   return false;
4795 }
4796 
4797 namespace {
4798 class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
4799 protected:
4800   Sema &S;
4801   const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr;
4802   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
4803   const Sema::FormatStringType FSType;
4804   const unsigned FirstDataArg;
4805   const unsigned NumDataArgs;
4806   const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
4807   const bool HasVAListArg;
4808   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args;
4809   unsigned FormatIdx;
4810   llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs;
4811   bool usesPositionalArgs;
4812   bool atFirstArg;
4813   bool inFunctionCall;
4814   Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
4815   llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs;
4816   UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg;
4817 
4818 public:
4819   CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
4820                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
4821                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
4822                      unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
4823                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
4824                      bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType callType,
4825                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4826                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
4827       : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr), FSType(type),
4828         FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs), Beg(beg),
4829         HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg), Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
4830         usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
4831         inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType),
4832         CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs), UncoveredArg(UncoveredArg) {
4833     CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
4834     CoveredArgs.reset();
4835   }
4836 
4837   void DoneProcessing();
4838 
4839   void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
4840                                  unsigned specifierLen) override;
4841 
4842   void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
4843                            const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4844                            const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4845                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
4846                            unsigned DiagID);
4847 
4848   void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
4849                     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4850                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4851 
4852   void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
4853                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4854                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4855 
4856   void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
4857 
4858   void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
4859                              unsigned specifierLen,
4860                              analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) override;
4861 
4862   void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
4863 
4864   void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) override;
4865 
4866   template <typename Range>
4867   static void
4868   EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
4869                        const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4870                        bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4871                        ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4872 
4873 protected:
4874   bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
4875                                         const char *startSpec,
4876                                         unsigned specifierLen,
4877                                         const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
4878 
4879   void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
4880                                          const char *startSpec,
4881                                          unsigned specifierLen);
4882 
4883   SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
4884   CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
4885                                     unsigned specifierLen);
4886   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
4887 
4888   const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
4889 
4890   bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4891                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4892                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
4893                     unsigned argIndex);
4894 
4895   template <typename Range>
4896   void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4897                             bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4898                             ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4899 };
4900 } // end anonymous namespace
4901 
4902 SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
4903   return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4904 }
4905 
4906 CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
4907 getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4908   SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
4909   SourceLocation End   = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
4910 
4911   // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
4912   End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
4913 
4914   return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
4915 }
4916 
4917 SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
4918   return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(x - Beg, S.getSourceManager(),
4919                                   S.getLangOpts(), S.Context.getTargetInfo());
4920 }
4921 
4922 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
4923                                                    unsigned specifierLen){
4924   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
4925                        getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
4926                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4927                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4928 }
4929 
4930 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
4931     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4932     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4933     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
4934   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4935 
4936   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4937   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4938 
4939   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4940   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4941   if (FixedLM) {
4942     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4943                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4944                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4945                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4946 
4947     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4948       << FixedLM->toString()
4949       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4950 
4951   } else {
4952     FixItHint Hint;
4953     if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
4954       Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
4955 
4956     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4957                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4958                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4959                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4960                          Hint);
4961   }
4962 }
4963 
4964 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
4965     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4966     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4967   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4968 
4969   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4970   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4971 
4972   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4973   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4974   if (FixedLM) {
4975     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4976                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4977                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4978                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4979                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4980 
4981     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4982       << FixedLM->toString()
4983       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4984 
4985   } else {
4986     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4987                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4988                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4989                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4990                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4991   }
4992 }
4993 
4994 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
4995     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4996     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4997   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4998 
4999   // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
5000   Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
5001   if (FixedCS) {
5002     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5003                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
5004                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5005                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5006                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5007 
5008     CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5009     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
5010       << FixedCS->toString()
5011       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
5012   } else {
5013     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5014                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
5015                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5016                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5017                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5018   }
5019 }
5020 
5021 void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
5022                                         unsigned posLen) {
5023   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
5024                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
5025                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5026                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5027 }
5028 
5029 void
5030 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
5031                                      analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
5032   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
5033                          << (unsigned) p,
5034                        getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5035                        getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5036 }
5037 
5038 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
5039                                             unsigned posLen) {
5040   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
5041                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
5042                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5043                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5044 }
5045 
5046 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
5047   if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
5048     // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
5049     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5050       S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
5051       getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5052       getFormatStringRange());
5053   }
5054 }
5055 
5056 // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
5057 // one of the argument expressions.
5058 const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
5059   return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
5060 }
5061 
5062 void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
5063   // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
5064   // format conversions in the format string?
5065   if (!HasVAListArg) {
5066       // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
5067     CoveredArgs.flip();
5068     signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
5069     if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
5070       assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
5071       UncoveredArg.Update(notCoveredArg, OrigFormatExpr);
5072     } else {
5073       UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
5074     }
5075   }
5076 }
5077 
5078 void UncoveredArgHandler::Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall,
5079                                    const Expr *ArgExpr) {
5080   assert(hasUncoveredArg() && DiagnosticExprs.size() > 0 &&
5081          "Invalid state");
5082 
5083   if (!ArgExpr)
5084     return;
5085 
5086   SourceLocation Loc = ArgExpr->getLocStart();
5087 
5088   if (S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc))
5089     return;
5090 
5091   PartialDiagnostic PDiag = S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used);
5092   for (auto E : DiagnosticExprs)
5093     PDiag << E->getSourceRange();
5094 
5095   CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5096                                   S, IsFunctionCall, DiagnosticExprs[0],
5097                                   PDiag, Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5098                                   DiagnosticExprs[0]->getSourceRange());
5099 }
5100 
5101 bool
5102 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
5103                                                      SourceLocation Loc,
5104                                                      const char *startSpec,
5105                                                      unsigned specifierLen,
5106                                                      const char *csStart,
5107                                                      unsigned csLen) {
5108   bool keepGoing = true;
5109   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5110     // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
5111     // make sense.
5112     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5113   }
5114   else {
5115     // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
5116     // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
5117     // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
5118     // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
5119     // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
5120     keepGoing = false;
5121   }
5122 
5123   StringRef Specifier(csStart, csLen);
5124 
5125   // If the specifier in non-printable, it could be the first byte of a UTF-8
5126   // sequence. In that case, print the UTF-8 code point. If not, print the byte
5127   // hex value.
5128   std::string CodePointStr;
5129   if (!llvm::sys::locale::isPrint(*csStart)) {
5130     llvm::UTF32 CodePoint;
5131     const llvm::UTF8 **B = reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 **>(&csStart);
5132     const llvm::UTF8 *E =
5133         reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 *>(csStart + csLen);
5134     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
5135         llvm::convertUTF8Sequence(B, E, &CodePoint, llvm::strictConversion);
5136 
5137     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK) {
5138       unsigned char FirstChar = *csStart;
5139       CodePoint = (llvm::UTF32)FirstChar;
5140     }
5141 
5142     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(CodePointStr);
5143     if (CodePoint < 256)
5144       OS << "\\x" << llvm::format("%02x", CodePoint);
5145     else if (CodePoint <= 0xFFFF)
5146       OS << "\\u" << llvm::format("%04x", CodePoint);
5147     else
5148       OS << "\\U" << llvm::format("%08x", CodePoint);
5149     OS.flush();
5150     Specifier = CodePointStr;
5151   }
5152 
5153   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5154       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) << Specifier, Loc,
5155       /*IsStringLocation*/ true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
5156 
5157   return keepGoing;
5158 }
5159 
5160 void
5161 CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
5162                                                       const char *startSpec,
5163                                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5164   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5165     S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
5166     Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
5167 }
5168 
5169 bool
5170 CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
5171   const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5172   const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5173   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
5174 
5175   if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
5176     PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
5177       ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
5178            << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
5179       : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
5180     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5181       PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5182       getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5183 
5184     // Since more arguments than conversion tokens are given, by extension
5185     // all arguments are covered, so mark this as so.
5186     UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
5187     return false;
5188   }
5189   return true;
5190 }
5191 
5192 template<typename Range>
5193 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
5194                                               SourceLocation Loc,
5195                                               bool IsStringLocation,
5196                                               Range StringRange,
5197                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
5198   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
5199                        Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
5200 }
5201 
5202 /// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
5203 /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
5204 ///
5205 /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
5206 /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced.  Otherwise, an
5207 /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
5208 ///
5209 /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
5210 /// argument in the function call.  Used for getting locations when two
5211 /// diagnostics are emitted.
5212 ///
5213 /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
5214 /// diagnostic message.  This function only adds locations and fixits
5215 /// to diagnostics.
5216 ///
5217 /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic.  If two diagnostics are
5218 /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
5219 /// the other one.
5220 ///
5221 /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
5222 /// used for the note.  Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
5223 /// be used with PDiag.
5224 ///
5225 /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight.  This is
5226 /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
5227 ///
5228 /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
5229 template <typename Range>
5230 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5231     Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
5232     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsStringLocation,
5233     Range StringRange, ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
5234   if (InFunctionCall) {
5235     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
5236     D << StringRange;
5237     D << FixIt;
5238   } else {
5239     S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
5240       << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
5241 
5242     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
5243       S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
5244              diag::note_format_string_defined);
5245 
5246     Note << StringRange;
5247     Note << FixIt;
5248   }
5249 }
5250 
5251 //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
5252 
5253 namespace {
5254 class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
5255 public:
5256   CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
5257                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
5258                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
5259                      unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC, const char *beg,
5260                      bool hasVAListArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5261                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
5262                      Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5263                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5264                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
5265       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
5266                            numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, formatIdx,
5267                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
5268                            UncoveredArg) {}
5269 
5270   bool isObjCContext() const { return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString; }
5271 
5272   /// Returns true if '%@' specifiers are allowed in the format string.
5273   bool allowsObjCArg() const {
5274     return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString || FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
5275            FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace;
5276   }
5277 
5278   bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5279                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5280                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5281                                       unsigned specifierLen) override;
5282 
5283   bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5284                              const char *startSpecifier,
5285                              unsigned specifierLen) override;
5286   bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5287                        const char *StartSpecifier,
5288                        unsigned SpecifierLen,
5289                        const Expr *E);
5290 
5291   bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
5292                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5293   void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5294                            const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5295                            unsigned type,
5296                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5297   void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5298                   const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5299                   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5300   void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5301                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5302                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5303                          const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5304   bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
5305                            const Expr *E);
5306 
5307   void HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5308                                    unsigned flagLen) override;
5309 
5310   void HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5311                                             unsigned flagLen) override;
5312 
5313   void HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(const char *flagsStart,
5314                                            const char *flagsEnd,
5315                                            const char *conversionPosition)
5316                                              override;
5317 };
5318 } // end anonymous namespace
5319 
5320 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5321                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5322                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5323                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5324   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5325     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5326 
5327   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
5328                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5329                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5330                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5331 }
5332 
5333 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
5334                                const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5335                                unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
5336                                unsigned specifierLen) {
5337   if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
5338     if (!HasVAListArg) {
5339       unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
5340       if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
5341         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
5342                                << k,
5343                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5344                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5345                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5346         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5347         // spurious errors.
5348         return false;
5349       }
5350 
5351       // Type check the data argument.  It should be an 'int'.
5352       // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
5353       // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case.  GCC also
5354       // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
5355       CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5356       const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
5357       if (!Arg)
5358         return false;
5359 
5360       QualType T = Arg->getType();
5361 
5362       const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
5363       assert(AT.isValid());
5364 
5365       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
5366         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
5367                                << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5368                                << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
5369                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5370                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5371                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5372         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5373         // spurious errors.
5374         return false;
5375       }
5376     }
5377   }
5378   return true;
5379 }
5380 
5381 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
5382                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5383                                       const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5384                                       unsigned type,
5385                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5386                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5387   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5388     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5389 
5390   FixItHint fixit =
5391     Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
5392       ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
5393                                  Amt.getConstantLength()))
5394       : FixItHint();
5395 
5396   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
5397                          << type << CS.toString(),
5398                        getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5399                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5400                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5401                        fixit);
5402 }
5403 
5404 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5405                                     const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5406                                     const char *startSpecifier,
5407                                     unsigned specifierLen) {
5408   // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
5409   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5410     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5411   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
5412                          << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
5413                        getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
5414                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5415                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5416                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5417                          getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
5418 }
5419 
5420 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
5421                                 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5422                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5423                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5424                                 const char *startSpecifier,
5425                                 unsigned specifierLen) {
5426   // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
5427   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
5428                          << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
5429                        getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
5430                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5431                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5432                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5433                          getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
5434 }
5435 
5436 //  void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
5437 //                            bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
5438 //                            ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
5439 
5440 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5441                                                      unsigned flagLen) {
5442   // Warn about an empty flag.
5443   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_empty_objc_flag),
5444                        getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5445                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5446                        getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen));
5447 }
5448 
5449 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5450                                                        unsigned flagLen) {
5451   // Warn about an invalid flag.
5452   auto Range = getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen);
5453   StringRef flag(startFlag, flagLen);
5454   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_invalid_objc_flag) << flag,
5455                       getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5456                       /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5457                       Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5458 }
5459 
5460 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(
5461     const char *flagsStart, const char *flagsEnd, const char *conversionPosition) {
5462     // Warn about using '[...]' without a '@' conversion.
5463     auto Range = getSpecifierRange(flagsStart, flagsEnd - flagsStart + 1);
5464     auto diag = diag::warn_printf_ObjCflags_without_ObjCConversion;
5465     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag) << StringRef(conversionPosition, 1),
5466                          getLocationOfByte(conversionPosition),
5467                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5468                          Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5469 }
5470 
5471 // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
5472 // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
5473 // "c_str()").
5474 template<typename MemberKind>
5475 static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
5476 CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
5477   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5478   llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
5479 
5480   if (!RT)
5481     return Results;
5482   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5483   if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition())
5484     return Results;
5485 
5486   LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get(Name), SourceLocation(),
5487                  Sema::LookupMemberName);
5488   R.suppressDiagnostics();
5489 
5490   // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
5491   // filter, at this point.
5492   if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
5493     for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5494       NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5495       if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
5496         Results.insert(FK);
5497     }
5498   return Results;
5499 }
5500 
5501 /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object.
5502 ///
5503 /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't
5504 /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous).
5505 bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) {
5506   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5507   MethodSet Results =
5508       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType());
5509   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5510        MI != ME; ++MI)
5511     if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0)
5512       return true;
5513   return false;
5514 }
5515 
5516 // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
5517 // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
5518 // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
5519 bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
5520     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) {
5521   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5522 
5523   MethodSet Results =
5524       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
5525 
5526   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5527        MI != ME; ++MI) {
5528     const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
5529     if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 &&
5530         AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) {
5531       // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
5532       SourceLocation EndLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
5533       S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
5534           << "c_str()"
5535           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
5536       return true;
5537     }
5538   }
5539 
5540   return false;
5541 }
5542 
5543 bool
5544 CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
5545                                             &FS,
5546                                           const char *startSpecifier,
5547                                           unsigned specifierLen) {
5548   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5549   using namespace analyze_printf;
5550   const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5551 
5552   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5553     if (atFirstArg) {
5554         atFirstArg = false;
5555         usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
5556     }
5557     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
5558       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5559                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5560       return false;
5561     }
5562   }
5563 
5564   // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
5565   // have matching data arguments.
5566   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
5567                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5568     return false;
5569   }
5570 
5571   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
5572                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5573     return false;
5574   }
5575 
5576   if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5577     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
5578     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
5579     return true;
5580   }
5581 
5582   // Consume the argument.
5583   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
5584   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5585     // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
5586     // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
5587     // function if we encounter some other error.
5588     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5589   }
5590 
5591   // FreeBSD kernel extensions.
5592   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg ||
5593       CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDDArg) {
5594     // We need at least two arguments.
5595     if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex + 1))
5596       return false;
5597 
5598     // Claim the second argument.
5599     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex + 1);
5600 
5601     // Type check the first argument (int for %b, pointer for %D)
5602     const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
5603     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT =
5604       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg) ?
5605         ArgType(S.Context.IntTy) : ArgType::CPointerTy;
5606     if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5607       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5608         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5609         << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5610         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5611         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5612         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5613 
5614     // Type check the second argument (char * for both %b and %D)
5615     Ex = getDataArg(argIndex + 1);
5616     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT2 = ArgType::CStrTy;
5617     if (AT2.isValid() && !AT2.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5618       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5619         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5620         << AT2.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5621         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5622         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5623         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5624 
5625      return true;
5626   }
5627 
5628   // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
5629   // in a non-ObjC literal.
5630   if (!allowsObjCArg() && CS.isObjCArg()) {
5631     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5632                                                   specifierLen);
5633   }
5634 
5635   // %P can only be used with os_log.
5636   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg) {
5637     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5638                                                   specifierLen);
5639   }
5640 
5641   // %n is not allowed with os_log.
5642   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::nArg) {
5643     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_os_log_format_narg),
5644                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5645                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5646                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5647 
5648     return true;
5649   }
5650 
5651   // Only scalars are allowed for os_trace.
5652   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace &&
5653       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg ||
5654        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::sArg ||
5655        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::ObjCObjArg)) {
5656     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5657                                                   specifierLen);
5658   }
5659 
5660   // Check for use of public/private annotation outside of os_log().
5661   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog) {
5662     if (FS.isPublic().isSet()) {
5663       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
5664                                << "public",
5665                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPublic().getPosition()),
5666                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5667                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5668     }
5669     if (FS.isPrivate().isSet()) {
5670       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
5671                                << "private",
5672                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPrivate().getPosition()),
5673                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5674                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5675     }
5676   }
5677 
5678   // Check for invalid use of field width
5679   if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
5680     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
5681         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5682   }
5683 
5684   // Check for invalid use of precision
5685   if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
5686     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
5687         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5688   }
5689 
5690   // Precision is mandatory for %P specifier.
5691   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg &&
5692       FS.getPrecision().getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::NotSpecified) {
5693     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_P_no_precision),
5694                          getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
5695                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5696                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5697   }
5698 
5699   // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
5700   if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
5701     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5702   if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
5703     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5704   if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
5705     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5706   if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
5707     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5708   if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
5709     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5710   if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
5711     HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5712 
5713   // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
5714   if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
5715     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
5716         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5717   if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
5718     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
5719             startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5720 
5721   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
5722   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
5723     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5724                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
5725   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
5726     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5727   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
5728     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5729                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
5730 
5731   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
5732     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5733 
5734   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
5735   if (HasVAListArg)
5736     return true;
5737 
5738   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
5739     return false;
5740 
5741   const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
5742   if (!Arg)
5743     return true;
5744 
5745   return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
5746 }
5747 
5748 static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
5749   // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
5750   // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
5751   // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
5752   const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
5753   if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
5754     Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
5755 
5756   switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
5757   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
5758   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
5759   case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
5760   case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
5761   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
5762   case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
5763   case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
5764   case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
5765   case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
5766   case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
5767   case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
5768   case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
5769   case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
5770   case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
5771   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
5772   case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
5773   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
5774   case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
5775   case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
5776   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass:
5777   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
5778     return false;
5779   default:
5780     return true;
5781   }
5782 }
5783 
5784 static std::pair<QualType, StringRef>
5785 shouldNotPrintDirectly(const ASTContext &Context,
5786                        QualType IntendedTy,
5787                        const Expr *E) {
5788   // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs.
5789   QualType TyTy = IntendedTy;
5790   while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
5791     StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
5792     QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
5793       .Case("NSInteger", Context.LongTy)
5794       .Case("NSUInteger", Context.UnsignedLongTy)
5795       .Case("SInt32", Context.IntTy)
5796       .Case("UInt32", Context.UnsignedIntTy)
5797       .Default(QualType());
5798 
5799     if (!CastTy.isNull())
5800       return std::make_pair(CastTy, Name);
5801 
5802     TyTy = UserTy->desugar();
5803   }
5804 
5805   // Strip parens if necessary.
5806   if (const ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
5807     return shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5808                                   PE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
5809                                   PE->getSubExpr());
5810 
5811   // If this is a conditional expression, then its result type is constructed
5812   // via usual arithmetic conversions and thus there might be no necessary
5813   // typedef sugar there.  Recurse to operands to check for NSInteger &
5814   // Co. usage condition.
5815   if (const ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
5816     QualType TrueTy, FalseTy;
5817     StringRef TrueName, FalseName;
5818 
5819     std::tie(TrueTy, TrueName) =
5820       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5821                              CO->getTrueExpr()->getType(),
5822                              CO->getTrueExpr());
5823     std::tie(FalseTy, FalseName) =
5824       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5825                              CO->getFalseExpr()->getType(),
5826                              CO->getFalseExpr());
5827 
5828     if (TrueTy == FalseTy)
5829       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
5830     else if (TrueTy.isNull())
5831       return std::make_pair(FalseTy, FalseName);
5832     else if (FalseTy.isNull())
5833       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
5834   }
5835 
5836   return std::make_pair(QualType(), StringRef());
5837 }
5838 
5839 bool
5840 CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5841                                     const char *StartSpecifier,
5842                                     unsigned SpecifierLen,
5843                                     const Expr *E) {
5844   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5845   using namespace analyze_printf;
5846   // Now type check the data expression that matches the
5847   // format specifier.
5848   const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context, isObjCContext());
5849   if (!AT.isValid())
5850     return true;
5851 
5852   QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
5853   while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) {
5854     ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
5855   }
5856 
5857   analyze_printf::ArgType::MatchKind match = AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy);
5858 
5859   if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::Match) {
5860     return true;
5861   }
5862 
5863   // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
5864   // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
5865   // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
5866   // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
5867   if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5868     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
5869         ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
5870       E = ICE->getSubExpr();
5871       ExprTy = E->getType();
5872 
5873       // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
5874       // or 'short' to an 'int'.  This is done because printf is a varargs
5875       // function.
5876       if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
5877           ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
5878         // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
5879         if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
5880           return true;
5881       }
5882     }
5883   } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) {
5884     // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C.
5885     // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like
5886     // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists.
5887     if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy)
5888       if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue()))
5889         ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy;
5890   }
5891 
5892   // Look through enums to their underlying type.
5893   bool IsEnum = false;
5894   if (auto EnumTy = ExprTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
5895     ExprTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5896     IsEnum = true;
5897   }
5898 
5899   // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t.
5900   // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest
5901   // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier.
5902   QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy;
5903   if (isObjCContext() &&
5904       FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) {
5905     if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
5906         !ExprTy->isCharType()) {
5907       // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should
5908       // prefer using the typedef if it is visible.
5909       IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5910 
5911       // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens
5912       // to be within the valid range.
5913       if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) {
5914         const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue();
5915         if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy))
5916           return true;
5917       }
5918 
5919       LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(),
5920                           Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
5921       if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) {
5922         NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
5923         if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND))
5924           if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy)
5925             IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD);
5926       }
5927     }
5928   }
5929 
5930   // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting
5931   // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough.
5932   bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; StringRef CastTyName;
5933   if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
5934     QualType CastTy;
5935     std::tie(CastTy, CastTyName) = shouldNotPrintDirectly(S.Context, IntendedTy, E);
5936     if (!CastTy.isNull()) {
5937       IntendedTy = CastTy;
5938       ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true;
5939     }
5940   }
5941 
5942   // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
5943   PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
5944   bool success =
5945       fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(), S.Context, isObjCContext());
5946 
5947   if (success) {
5948     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
5949     SmallString<16> buf;
5950     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
5951     fixedFS.toString(os);
5952 
5953     CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
5954 
5955     if (IntendedTy == ExprTy && !ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
5956       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5957       if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5958         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5959       }
5960       // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match
5961       // the argument.
5962       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
5963                                << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5964                                << IntendedTy << IsEnum << E->getSourceRange(),
5965                            E->getLocStart(),
5966                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false, SpecRange,
5967                            FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5968     } else {
5969       // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
5970       // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
5971       // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
5972       // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
5973       // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
5974       // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
5975       // if necessary).
5976       SmallString<16> CastBuf;
5977       llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
5978       CastFix << "(";
5979       IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5980       CastFix << ")";
5981 
5982       SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
5983       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
5984         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5985 
5986       if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
5987         // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
5988         SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
5989         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
5990 
5991       } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
5992         // If the expression has high enough precedence,
5993         // just write the C-style cast.
5994         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
5995                                                    CastFix.str()));
5996       } else {
5997         // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
5998         CastFix << "(";
5999         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
6000                                                    CastFix.str()));
6001 
6002         SourceLocation After = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
6003         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
6004       }
6005 
6006       if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
6007         // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly.
6008         // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
6009         // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
6010         StringRef Name;
6011         if (const TypedefType *TypedefTy = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy))
6012           Name = TypedefTy->getDecl()->getName();
6013         else
6014           Name = CastTyName;
6015         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
6016                                << Name << IntendedTy << IsEnum
6017                                << E->getSourceRange(),
6018                              E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
6019                              SpecRange, Hints);
6020       } else {
6021         // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different
6022         // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct
6023         // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message.
6024         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6025           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
6026             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy << IsEnum
6027             << E->getSourceRange(),
6028           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
6029           SpecRange, Hints);
6030       }
6031     }
6032   } else {
6033     const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
6034                                                    SpecifierLen);
6035     // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
6036     // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
6037     // arguments here.
6038     switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) {
6039     case Sema::VAK_Valid:
6040     case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: {
6041       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6042       if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6043         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6044       }
6045 
6046       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6047           S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
6048                         << IsEnum << CSR << E->getSourceRange(),
6049           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, CSR);
6050       break;
6051     }
6052     case Sema::VAK_Undefined:
6053     case Sema::VAK_MSVCUndefined:
6054       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6055         S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string)
6056           << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6057           << ExprTy
6058           << CallType
6059           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6060           << CSR
6061           << E->getSourceRange(),
6062         E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
6063       checkForCStrMembers(AT, E);
6064       break;
6065 
6066     case Sema::VAK_Invalid:
6067       if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType())
6068         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6069           S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format)
6070             << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6071             << ExprTy
6072             << CallType
6073             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6074             << CSR
6075             << E->getSourceRange(),
6076           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
6077       else
6078         // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces
6079         // or inserting a cast to the target type.
6080         S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format)
6081           << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType
6082           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6083           << E->getSourceRange();
6084       break;
6085     }
6086 
6087     assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() &&
6088            "format string specifier index out of range");
6089     CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true;
6090   }
6091 
6092   return true;
6093 }
6094 
6095 //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
6096 
6097 namespace {
6098 class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
6099 public:
6100   CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
6101                     const Expr *origFormatExpr, Sema::FormatStringType type,
6102                     unsigned firstDataArg, unsigned numDataArgs,
6103                     const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
6104                     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
6105                     bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
6106                     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6107                     UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
6108       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
6109                            numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, formatIdx,
6110                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
6111                            UncoveredArg) {}
6112 
6113   bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6114                             const char *startSpecifier,
6115                             unsigned specifierLen) override;
6116 
6117   bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
6118           const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6119           const char *startSpecifier,
6120           unsigned specifierLen) override;
6121 
6122   void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end) override;
6123 };
6124 } // end anonymous namespace
6125 
6126 void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
6127                                                  const char *end) {
6128   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
6129                        getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6130                        getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
6131 }
6132 
6133 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
6134                                         const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6135                                         const char *startSpecifier,
6136                                         unsigned specifierLen) {
6137 
6138   const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
6139     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6140 
6141   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
6142                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6143                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6144                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
6145 }
6146 
6147 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
6148                                        const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6149                                        const char *startSpecifier,
6150                                        unsigned specifierLen) {
6151   using namespace analyze_scanf;
6152   using namespace analyze_format_string;
6153 
6154   const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6155 
6156   // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument.  These shouldn't
6157   // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
6158   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
6159     if (atFirstArg) {
6160       atFirstArg = false;
6161       usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
6162     }
6163     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
6164       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6165                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6166       return false;
6167     }
6168   }
6169 
6170   // Check if the field with is non-zero.
6171   const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
6172   if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
6173     if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
6174       const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
6175                                                    Amt.getConstantLength());
6176       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
6177                            getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
6178                            /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
6179                            FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
6180     }
6181   }
6182 
6183   if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
6184     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
6185     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
6186     return true;
6187   }
6188 
6189   // Consume the argument.
6190   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
6191   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
6192       // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
6193       // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
6194       // function if we encounter some other error.
6195     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
6196   }
6197 
6198   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
6199   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
6200     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6201                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
6202   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
6203     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6204   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
6205     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6206                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
6207 
6208   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
6209     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6210 
6211   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
6212   if (HasVAListArg)
6213     return true;
6214 
6215   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
6216     return false;
6217 
6218   // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
6219   const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
6220   if (!Ex)
6221     return true;
6222 
6223   const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
6224 
6225   if (!AT.isValid()) {
6226     return true;
6227   }
6228 
6229   analyze_format_string::ArgType::MatchKind match =
6230       AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType());
6231   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::Match) {
6232     return true;
6233   }
6234 
6235   ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
6236   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), Ex->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(),
6237                                  S.getLangOpts(), S.Context);
6238 
6239   unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6240   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6241     diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6242   }
6243 
6244   if (success) {
6245     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
6246     SmallString<128> buf;
6247     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
6248     fixedFS.toString(os);
6249 
6250     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6251         S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6252                       << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
6253         Ex->getLocStart(),
6254         /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6255         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
6256         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
6257             getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), os.str()));
6258   } else {
6259     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
6260                              << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6261                              << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
6262                          Ex->getLocStart(),
6263                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6264                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6265   }
6266 
6267   return true;
6268 }
6269 
6270 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
6271                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
6272                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
6273                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
6274                               unsigned firstDataArg,
6275                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
6276                               bool inFunctionCall,
6277                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
6278                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6279                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg) {
6280   // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
6281   if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
6282     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6283       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6284       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
6285       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6286     return;
6287   }
6288 
6289   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
6290   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
6291   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
6292   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
6293   const ConstantArrayType *T =
6294     S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
6295   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
6296   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
6297   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
6298   const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg;
6299 
6300   // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an
6301   // embedded null character.
6302   if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() &&
6303       StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).find('\0') == StringRef::npos) {
6304     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6305         S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6306         S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated),
6307         FExpr->getLocStart(),
6308         /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6309     return;
6310   }
6311 
6312   // CHECK: empty format string?
6313   if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
6314     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6315       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6316       S.PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
6317       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6318     return;
6319   }
6320 
6321   if (Type == Sema::FST_Printf || Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
6322       Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf || Type == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
6323       Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace) {
6324     CheckPrintfHandler H(
6325         S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
6326         (Type == Sema::FST_NSString || Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace), Str,
6327         HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx, inFunctionCall, CallType,
6328         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
6329 
6330     if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6331                                                   S.getLangOpts(),
6332                                                   S.Context.getTargetInfo(),
6333                                             Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf))
6334       H.DoneProcessing();
6335   } else if (Type == Sema::FST_Scanf) {
6336     CheckScanfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg,
6337                         numDataArgs, Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
6338                         inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
6339 
6340     if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6341                                                  S.getLangOpts(),
6342                                                  S.Context.getTargetInfo()))
6343       H.DoneProcessing();
6344   } // TODO: handle other formats
6345 }
6346 
6347 bool Sema::FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr) {
6348   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
6349   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
6350   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
6351   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
6352   const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
6353   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
6354   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
6355   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
6356   return analyze_format_string::ParseFormatStringHasSArg(Str, Str + StrLen,
6357                                                          getLangOpts(),
6358                                                          Context.getTargetInfo());
6359 }
6360 
6361 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===//
6362 
6363 // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one
6364 // does not exist.
6365 static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) {
6366   switch (AbsFunction) {
6367   default:
6368     return 0;
6369 
6370   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6371     return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs;
6372   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6373     return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs;
6374   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6375     return 0;
6376 
6377   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6378     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs;
6379   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6380     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl;
6381   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6382     return 0;
6383 
6384   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6385     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs;
6386   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6387     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl;
6388   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6389     return 0;
6390 
6391   case Builtin::BIabs:
6392     return Builtin::BIlabs;
6393   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6394     return Builtin::BIllabs;
6395   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6396     return 0;
6397 
6398   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6399     return Builtin::BIfabs;
6400   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6401     return Builtin::BIfabsl;
6402   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6403     return 0;
6404 
6405   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6406    return Builtin::BIcabs;
6407   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6408     return Builtin::BIcabsl;
6409   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6410     return 0;
6411   }
6412 }
6413 
6414 // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function.
6415 static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context,
6416                                              unsigned AbsType) {
6417   if (AbsType == 0)
6418     return QualType();
6419 
6420   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None;
6421   QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error);
6422   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
6423     return QualType();
6424 
6425   const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6426   if (!FT)
6427     return QualType();
6428 
6429   if (FT->getNumParams() != 1)
6430     return QualType();
6431 
6432   return FT->getParamType(0);
6433 }
6434 
6435 // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and
6436 // current absolute value function.
6437 static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType,
6438                                    unsigned AbsFunctionKind) {
6439   unsigned BestKind = 0;
6440   uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType);
6441   for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0;
6442        Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) {
6443     QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind);
6444     if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) {
6445       if (BestKind == 0)
6446         BestKind = Kind;
6447       else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) {
6448         BestKind = Kind;
6449         break;
6450       }
6451     }
6452   }
6453   return BestKind;
6454 }
6455 
6456 enum AbsoluteValueKind {
6457   AVK_Integer,
6458   AVK_Floating,
6459   AVK_Complex
6460 };
6461 
6462 static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) {
6463   if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
6464     return AVK_Integer;
6465   if (T->isRealFloatingType())
6466     return AVK_Floating;
6467   if (T->isAnyComplexType())
6468     return AVK_Complex;
6469 
6470   llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex");
6471 }
6472 
6473 // Changes the absolute value function to a different type.  Preserves whether
6474 // the function is a builtin.
6475 static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind,
6476                                   AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) {
6477   switch (ValueKind) {
6478   case AVK_Integer:
6479     switch (AbsKind) {
6480     default:
6481       return 0;
6482     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6483     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6484     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6485     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6486     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6487     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6488       return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs;
6489     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6490     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6491     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6492     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6493     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6494     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6495       return Builtin::BIabs;
6496     }
6497   case AVK_Floating:
6498     switch (AbsKind) {
6499     default:
6500       return 0;
6501     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6502     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6503     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6504     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6505     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6506     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6507       return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf;
6508     case Builtin::BIabs:
6509     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6510     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6511     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6512     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6513     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6514       return Builtin::BIfabsf;
6515     }
6516   case AVK_Complex:
6517     switch (AbsKind) {
6518     default:
6519       return 0;
6520     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6521     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6522     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6523     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6524     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6525     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6526       return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf;
6527     case Builtin::BIabs:
6528     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6529     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6530     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6531     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6532     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6533       return Builtin::BIcabsf;
6534     }
6535   }
6536   llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function");
6537 }
6538 
6539 static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
6540   const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
6541   if (!FnInfo)
6542     return 0;
6543 
6544   switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
6545   default:
6546     return 0;
6547   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6548   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6549   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6550   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6551   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6552   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6553   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6554   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6555   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6556   case Builtin::BIabs:
6557   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6558   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6559   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6560   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6561   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6562   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6563   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6564   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6565     return FDecl->getBuiltinID();
6566   }
6567   llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type");
6568 }
6569 
6570 // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function.
6571 // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included.
6572 static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
6573                             unsigned AbsKind, QualType ArgType) {
6574   bool EmitHeaderHint = true;
6575   const char *HeaderName = nullptr;
6576   const char *FunctionName = nullptr;
6577   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !ArgType->isAnyComplexType()) {
6578     FunctionName = "std::abs";
6579     if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6580       HeaderName = "cstdlib";
6581     } else if (ArgType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6582       HeaderName = "cmath";
6583     } else {
6584       llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type");
6585     }
6586 
6587     // Lookup all std::abs
6588     if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) {
6589       LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("abs"), Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6590       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6591       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, Std);
6592 
6593       for (const auto *I : R) {
6594         const FunctionDecl *FDecl = nullptr;
6595         if (const UsingShadowDecl *UsingD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(I)) {
6596           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(UsingD->getTargetDecl());
6597         } else {
6598           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I);
6599         }
6600         if (!FDecl)
6601           continue;
6602 
6603         // Found std::abs(), check that they are the right ones.
6604         if (FDecl->getNumParams() != 1)
6605           continue;
6606 
6607         // Check that the parameter type can handle the argument.
6608         QualType ParamType = FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
6609         if (getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType) == getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType) &&
6610             S.Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <=
6611                 S.Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) {
6612           // Found a function, don't need the header hint.
6613           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6614           break;
6615         }
6616       }
6617     }
6618   } else {
6619     FunctionName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
6620     HeaderName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind);
6621 
6622     if (HeaderName) {
6623       DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(FunctionName));
6624       LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6625       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6626       S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope());
6627 
6628       if (R.isSingleResult()) {
6629         FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
6630         if (FD && FD->getBuiltinID() == AbsKind) {
6631           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6632         } else {
6633           return;
6634         }
6635       } else if (!R.empty()) {
6636         return;
6637       }
6638     }
6639   }
6640 
6641   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function)
6642       << FunctionName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, FunctionName);
6643 
6644   if (!HeaderName)
6645     return;
6646 
6647   if (!EmitHeaderHint)
6648     return;
6649 
6650   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) << HeaderName
6651                                                     << FunctionName;
6652 }
6653 
6654 static bool IsFunctionStdAbs(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
6655   if (!FDecl)
6656     return false;
6657 
6658   if (!FDecl->getIdentifier() || !FDecl->getIdentifier()->isStr("abs"))
6659     return false;
6660 
6661   const NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext());
6662 
6663   while (ND && ND->isInlineNamespace()) {
6664     ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext());
6665   }
6666 
6667   if (!ND || !ND->getIdentifier() || !ND->getIdentifier()->isStr("std"))
6668     return false;
6669 
6670   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
6671     return false;
6672 
6673   return true;
6674 }
6675 
6676 // Warn when using the wrong abs() function.
6677 void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
6678                                       const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6679                                       IdentifierInfo *FnInfo) {
6680   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1)
6681     return;
6682 
6683   unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl);
6684   bool IsStdAbs = IsFunctionStdAbs(FDecl);
6685   if (AbsKind == 0 && !IsStdAbs)
6686     return;
6687 
6688   QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6689   QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
6690 
6691   // Unsigned types cannot be negative.  Suggest removing the absolute value
6692   // function call.
6693   if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
6694     const char *FunctionName =
6695         IsStdAbs ? "std::abs" : Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
6696     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType;
6697     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs)
6698         << FunctionName
6699         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
6700     return;
6701   }
6702 
6703   // Taking the absolute value of a pointer is very suspicious, they probably
6704   // wanted to index into an array, dereference a pointer, call a function, etc.
6705   if (ArgType->isPointerType() || ArgType->canDecayToPointerType()) {
6706     unsigned DiagType = 0;
6707     if (ArgType->isFunctionType())
6708       DiagType = 1;
6709     else if (ArgType->isArrayType())
6710       DiagType = 2;
6711 
6712     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_abs) << DiagType << ArgType;
6713     return;
6714   }
6715 
6716   // std::abs has overloads which prevent most of the absolute value problems
6717   // from occurring.
6718   if (IsStdAbs)
6719     return;
6720 
6721   AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType);
6722   AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType);
6723 
6724   // The argument and parameter are the same kind.  Check if they are the right
6725   // size.
6726   if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) {
6727     if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType))
6728       return;
6729 
6730     unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind);
6731     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small)
6732         << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType;
6733 
6734     if (NewAbsKind == 0)
6735       return;
6736 
6737     emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
6738                     Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
6739     return;
6740   }
6741 
6742   // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind
6743   // The wrong type of absolute value function was used.  Attempt to find the
6744   // proper one.
6745   unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind);
6746   NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind);
6747   if (NewAbsKind == 0)
6748     return;
6749 
6750   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type)
6751       << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind;
6752 
6753   emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
6754                   Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
6755 }
6756 
6757 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
6758 
6759 /// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions
6760 /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison.
6761 ///
6762 /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`.
6763 static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
6764                                            IdentifierInfo *FnName,
6765                                            SourceLocation FnLoc,
6766                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6767   const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6768   if (!Size)
6769     return false;
6770 
6771   // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||:
6772   if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp())
6773     return false;
6774 
6775   SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange();
6776   S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison)
6777       << SizeRange << FnName;
6778   S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::note_memsize_comparison_paren)
6779       << FnName << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
6780                        S.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()), ")")
6781       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
6782   S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::note_memsize_comparison_cast_silence)
6783       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(")
6784       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()),
6785                                     ")");
6786 
6787   return true;
6788 }
6789 
6790 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is or contains a dynamic class type
6791 /// (e.g., whether it has a vtable).
6792 static const CXXRecordDecl *getContainedDynamicClass(QualType T,
6793                                                      bool &IsContained) {
6794   // Look through array types while ignoring qualifiers.
6795   const Type *Ty = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
6796   IsContained = false;
6797 
6798   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6799   RD = RD ? RD->getDefinition() : nullptr;
6800   if (!RD || RD->isInvalidDecl())
6801     return nullptr;
6802 
6803   if (RD->isDynamicClass())
6804     return RD;
6805 
6806   // Check all the fields.  If any bases were dynamic, the class is dynamic.
6807   // It's impossible for a class to transitively contain itself by value, so
6808   // infinite recursion is impossible.
6809   for (auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6810     bool SubContained;
6811     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
6812             getContainedDynamicClass(FD->getType(), SubContained)) {
6813       IsContained = true;
6814       return ContainedRD;
6815     }
6816   }
6817 
6818   return nullptr;
6819 }
6820 
6821 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
6822 /// otherwise returns NULL.
6823 static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr *E) {
6824   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
6825       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
6826     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
6827       return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6828 
6829   return nullptr;
6830 }
6831 
6832 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
6833 static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr *E) {
6834   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
6835       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
6836     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
6837       return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
6838 
6839   return QualType();
6840 }
6841 
6842 /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
6843 ///
6844 /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
6845 /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
6846 /// function calls.
6847 ///
6848 /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
6849 void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
6850                                    unsigned BId,
6851                                    IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
6852   assert(BId != 0);
6853 
6854   // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset.  Validate
6855   // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
6856   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs =
6857       (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ? 2 : 3);
6858   if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
6859     return;
6860 
6861   unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ||
6862                       BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
6863   unsigned LenArg =
6864       (BId == Builtin::BIbzero || BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
6865   const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6866 
6867   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName,
6868                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
6869     return;
6870 
6871   // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
6872   QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
6873   const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
6874   llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
6875 
6876   // Although widely used, 'bzero' is not a standard function. Be more strict
6877   // with the argument types before allowing diagnostics and only allow the
6878   // form bzero(ptr, sizeof(...)).
6879   QualType FirstArgTy = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6880   if (BId == Builtin::BIbzero && !FirstArgTy->getAs<PointerType>())
6881     return;
6882 
6883   for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
6884     const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6885     SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
6886 
6887     QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
6888     QualType PointeeTy;
6889     if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6890       PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
6891 
6892       // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
6893       // false positives.
6894       if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
6895         continue;
6896 
6897       // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
6898       // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
6899       // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
6900       // enabled.
6901       if (SizeOfArg &&
6902           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
6903                            SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
6904         // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
6905         // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
6906         if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
6907           SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
6908         llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
6909         Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
6910         if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
6911           // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
6912           //       over sizeof(src) as well.
6913           unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
6914           StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
6915 
6916           if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
6917             if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
6918               ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
6919           if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() &&
6920               (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth()))
6921             ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
6922                            // suggest an explicit length.
6923 
6924           // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
6925           // expansion.
6926           SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
6927           SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
6928           SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
6929           SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
6930 
6931           if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
6932             ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
6933             SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
6934             DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
6935                              SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
6936             SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
6937                              SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
6938           }
6939 
6940           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6941                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
6942                                 << ReadableName
6943                                 << PointeeTy
6944                                 << DestTy
6945                                 << DSR
6946                                 << SSR);
6947           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6948                          PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
6949                                 << ActionIdx
6950                                 << SSR);
6951 
6952           break;
6953         }
6954       }
6955 
6956       // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
6957       // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
6958       // record type.
6959       if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
6960         if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
6961             Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
6962           DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6963                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
6964                                 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
6965                                 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
6966                                 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
6967           break;
6968         }
6969       }
6970     } else if (DestTy->isArrayType()) {
6971       PointeeTy = DestTy;
6972     }
6973 
6974     if (PointeeTy == QualType())
6975       continue;
6976 
6977     // Always complain about dynamic classes.
6978     bool IsContained;
6979     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
6980             getContainedDynamicClass(PointeeTy, IsContained)) {
6981 
6982       unsigned OperationType = 0;
6983       // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
6984       // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
6985       if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
6986         if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
6987           OperationType = 1;
6988         else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
6989           OperationType = 2;
6990         else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
6991           OperationType = 3;
6992       }
6993 
6994       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
6995         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6996         PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
6997           << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
6998           << FnName << IsContained << ContainedRD << OperationType
6999           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7000     } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
7001              BId != Builtin::BImemset)
7002       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7003         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7004         PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
7005           << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
7006           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7007     else
7008       continue;
7009 
7010     DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7011       Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7012       PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
7013         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
7014     break;
7015   }
7016 }
7017 
7018 // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
7019 // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
7020 // we don't want to remove sizeof().
7021 static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
7022   Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
7023 
7024   for (;;) {
7025     const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
7026     if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
7027       break;
7028 
7029     const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7030     const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7031 
7032     if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
7033       Ex = LHS;
7034     else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
7035       Ex = RHS;
7036     else
7037       break;
7038   }
7039 
7040   return Ex;
7041 }
7042 
7043 static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
7044                                                       ASTContext &Context) {
7045   // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
7046   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
7047     // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
7048     if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
7049       return false;
7050   } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
7051     return false;
7052   }
7053   return true;
7054 }
7055 
7056 // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
7057 // be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
7058 void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7059                                     IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7060 
7061   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
7062   unsigned NumArgs = Call->getNumArgs();
7063   if ((NumArgs != 3) && (NumArgs != 4))
7064     return;
7065 
7066   const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
7067   const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
7068   const Expr *CompareWithSrc = nullptr;
7069 
7070   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName,
7071                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
7072     return;
7073 
7074   // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
7075   if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
7076     CompareWithSrc = Ex;
7077   else {
7078     // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
7079     if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
7080       if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen &&
7081           SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
7082         CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
7083     }
7084   }
7085 
7086   if (!CompareWithSrc)
7087     return;
7088 
7089   // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
7090   // argument.  In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
7091   // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
7092   // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
7093   const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
7094   if (!SrcArgDRE)
7095     return;
7096 
7097   const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
7098   if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
7099       SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
7100     return;
7101 
7102   const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
7103   Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
7104     << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
7105 
7106   // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
7107   // pointer to an array).  This could be enhanced to handle some
7108   // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
7109   // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
7110   const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7111   if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
7112     return;
7113 
7114   SmallString<128> sizeString;
7115   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
7116   OS << "sizeof(";
7117   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7118   OS << ")";
7119 
7120   Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
7121     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
7122                                     OS.str());
7123 }
7124 
7125 /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
7126 static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
7127   if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
7128     if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
7129       return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
7130   return false;
7131 }
7132 
7133 static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
7134   if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
7135     const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
7136     if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
7137       return nullptr;
7138     return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7139   }
7140   return nullptr;
7141 }
7142 
7143 // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
7144 // The correct size argument should look like following:
7145 //   strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
7146 void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
7147                                  IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7148   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
7149   if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
7150     return;
7151   const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7152   const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7153   const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7154 
7155   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(),
7156                                      CE->getRParenLoc()))
7157     return;
7158 
7159   // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
7160   // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
7161   unsigned PatternType = 0;
7162   if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
7163     // - sizeof(dst)
7164     if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
7165       PatternType = 1;
7166     // - sizeof(src)
7167     else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
7168       PatternType = 2;
7169   } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
7170     if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
7171       const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7172       const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7173       // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
7174       if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
7175           referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
7176         PatternType = 1;
7177       // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
7178       else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
7179         PatternType = 2;
7180     }
7181   }
7182 
7183   if (PatternType == 0)
7184     return;
7185 
7186   // Generate the diagnostic.
7187   SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
7188   SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
7189   SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
7190 
7191   // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
7192   if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
7193     SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
7194     SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
7195                      SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
7196   }
7197 
7198   // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
7199   QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
7200   bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
7201                                                                     Context);
7202   if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
7203     if (PatternType == 1)
7204       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
7205     else
7206       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
7207     return;
7208   }
7209 
7210   if (PatternType == 1)
7211     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
7212   else
7213     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
7214 
7215   SmallString<128> sizeString;
7216   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
7217   OS << "sizeof(";
7218   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7219   OS << ") - ";
7220   OS << "strlen(";
7221   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7222   OS << ") - 1";
7223 
7224   Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
7225     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
7226 }
7227 
7228 //===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
7229 
7230 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
7231                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7232                            const Decl *ParentDecl);
7233 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
7234                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7235                             const Decl *ParentDecl);
7236 
7237 /// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
7238 ///   of a stack variable.
7239 static void
7240 CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7241                      SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
7242 
7243   const Expr *stackE = nullptr;
7244   SmallVector<const DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
7245 
7246   // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
7247   // label addresses or references to temporaries.
7248   if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
7249       (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
7250     stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
7251   } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
7252     stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
7253   }
7254 
7255   if (!stackE)
7256     return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
7257 
7258   // Parameters are initalized in the calling scope, so taking the address
7259   // of a parameter reference doesn't need a warning.
7260   for (auto *DRE : refVars)
7261     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
7262       return;
7263 
7264   SourceLocation diagLoc;
7265   SourceRange diagRange;
7266   if (refVars.empty()) {
7267     diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
7268     diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
7269   } else {
7270     // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
7271     // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
7272     // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
7273     // reference variables using notes.
7274     diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
7275     diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
7276   }
7277 
7278   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) {
7279     // address of local var
7280     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_stack_addr_ref) << lhsType->isReferenceType()
7281      << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
7282   } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
7283     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
7284   } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
7285     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
7286   } else { // local temporary.
7287     // If there is an LValue->RValue conversion, then the value of the
7288     // reference type is used, not the reference.
7289     if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RetValExp)) {
7290       if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
7291         return;
7292       }
7293     }
7294     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr_ref)
7295      << lhsType->isReferenceType() << diagRange;
7296   }
7297 
7298   // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
7299   // found the problematic expression using notes.
7300   for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
7301     const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
7302     // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
7303     // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
7304     // show the range of the expression.
7305     SourceRange range = (i < e - 1) ? refVars[i + 1]->getSourceRange()
7306                                     : stackE->getSourceRange();
7307     S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
7308         << VD->getDeclName() << range;
7309   }
7310 }
7311 
7312 /// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
7313 ///  check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
7314 ///  to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
7315 ///  reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
7316 ///  AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
7317 ///  encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
7318 ///  above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
7319 ///  a problematic expression based on such local checking.
7320 ///
7321 ///  Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
7322 ///  the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
7323 ///  'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
7324 ///
7325 ///  EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
7326 ///  references (and not L-values).  EvalVal handles all other values.
7327 ///  At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
7328 ///  expressions.
7329 ///
7330 ///  This implementation handles:
7331 ///
7332 ///   * pointer-to-pointer casts
7333 ///   * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
7334 ///   * taking the address of fields
7335 ///   * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
7336 ///   * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
7337 ///   * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
7338 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
7339                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7340                             const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7341   if (E->isTypeDependent())
7342     return nullptr;
7343 
7344   // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
7345   assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7346           E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7347           E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
7348          "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
7349 
7350   E = E->IgnoreParens();
7351 
7352   // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7353   // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7354   // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7355   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7356   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7357     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7358 
7359     // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7360     if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7361       return nullptr;
7362 
7363     if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
7364       // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7365       // it points to.
7366       if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
7367           V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
7368         // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7369         refVars.push_back(DR);
7370         return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7371       }
7372 
7373     return nullptr;
7374   }
7375 
7376   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7377     // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7378     // is AddrOf.  All others don't make sense as pointers.
7379     const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7380 
7381     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
7382       return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7383     return nullptr;
7384   }
7385 
7386   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
7387     // Handle pointer arithmetic.  All other binary operators are not valid
7388     // in this context.
7389     const BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7390     BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
7391 
7392     if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
7393       return nullptr;
7394 
7395     const Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
7396 
7397     // Determine which argument is the real pointer base.  It could be
7398     // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
7399     if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType())
7400       Base = B->getRHS();
7401 
7402     assert(Base->getType()->isPointerType());
7403     return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
7404   }
7405 
7406   // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7407   // valid DeclRefExpr*s.  If one of them is valid, we return it.
7408   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7409     const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7410 
7411     // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7412     // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here.
7413     if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7414       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7415       if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7416         if (const Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7417           return LHS;
7418     }
7419 
7420     // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7421     if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7422       return nullptr;
7423 
7424     return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7425   }
7426 
7427   case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
7428     if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
7429       return E; // local block.
7430     return nullptr;
7431 
7432   case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
7433     return E; // address of label.
7434 
7435   case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7436     return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7437                     ParentDecl);
7438 
7439   // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
7440   // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
7441   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
7442   case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
7443   case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
7444   case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
7445   case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
7446   case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
7447   case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
7448   case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
7449     const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
7450     switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
7451     case CK_LValueToRValue:
7452     case CK_NoOp:
7453     case CK_BaseToDerived:
7454     case CK_DerivedToBase:
7455     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
7456     case CK_Dynamic:
7457     case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7458     case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7459     case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
7460       return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7461 
7462     case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
7463       return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7464 
7465     case CK_BitCast:
7466       if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7467           SubExpr->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7468           SubExpr->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7469         return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7470       else
7471         return nullptr;
7472 
7473     default:
7474       return nullptr;
7475     }
7476   }
7477 
7478   case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
7479     if (const Expr *Result =
7480             EvalAddr(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
7481                      refVars, ParentDecl))
7482       return Result;
7483     return E;
7484 
7485   // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
7486   default:
7487     return nullptr;
7488   }
7489 }
7490 
7491 ///  EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
7492 ///   See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
7493 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
7494                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7495                            const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7496   do {
7497     // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
7498     // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but
7499     // instead
7500     // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
7501 
7502     // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7503     // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7504     // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7505 
7506     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7507     switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7508     case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
7509       const ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
7510       if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
7511         E = IE->getSubExpr();
7512         continue;
7513       }
7514       return nullptr;
7515     }
7516 
7517     case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7518       return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7519                      ParentDecl);
7520 
7521     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7522       // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
7523       // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
7524       // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
7525       const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7526 
7527       // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7528       if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7529         return nullptr;
7530 
7531       if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
7532         // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
7533         if (V == ParentDecl)
7534           return DR;
7535 
7536         if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
7537           if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
7538             return DR;
7539 
7540           // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7541           // it points to.
7542           if (V->hasInit()) {
7543             // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7544             refVars.push_back(DR);
7545             return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
7546           }
7547         }
7548       }
7549 
7550       return nullptr;
7551     }
7552 
7553     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7554       // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7555       // is Deref.  All others don't resolve to a "name."  This includes
7556       // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
7557       const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7558 
7559       if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
7560         return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7561 
7562       return nullptr;
7563     }
7564 
7565     case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
7566       // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack.  We
7567       // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
7568       // has local storage.
7569       const auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E);
7570       if (ASE->isTypeDependent())
7571         return nullptr;
7572       return EvalAddr(ASE->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7573     }
7574 
7575     case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
7576       return EvalAddr(cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,
7577                       ParentDecl);
7578     }
7579 
7580     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7581       // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7582       // non-NULL Expr's.  If one is non-NULL, we return it.
7583       const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7584 
7585       // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7586       if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7587         // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7588         if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7589           if (const Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7590             return LHS;
7591       }
7592 
7593       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7594       if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7595         return nullptr;
7596 
7597       return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7598     }
7599 
7600     // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
7601     case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
7602       const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
7603 
7604       // Check for indirect access.  We only want direct field accesses.
7605       if (M->isArrow())
7606         return nullptr;
7607 
7608       // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
7609       // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers
7610       // to.
7611       if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
7612         return nullptr;
7613 
7614       return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7615     }
7616 
7617     case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
7618       if (const Expr *Result =
7619               EvalVal(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
7620                       refVars, ParentDecl))
7621         return Result;
7622       return E;
7623 
7624     default:
7625       // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
7626       // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
7627       if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
7628         return E;
7629 
7630       // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
7631       return nullptr;
7632     }
7633   } while (true);
7634 }
7635 
7636 void
7637 Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7638                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
7639                          bool isObjCMethod,
7640                          const AttrVec *Attrs,
7641                          const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7642   CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc);
7643 
7644   // Check if the return value is null but should not be.
7645   if (((Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs)) ||
7646        (!isObjCMethod && isNonNullType(Context, lhsType))) &&
7647       CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
7648     Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret)
7649       << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
7650 
7651   // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
7652   //   If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing
7653   //   exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return
7654   //   a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate
7655   //   storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...]
7656   if (FD) {
7657     OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
7658     if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) {
7659       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
7660         = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7661       if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) &&
7662           CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
7663         Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null)
7664           << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
7665     }
7666   }
7667 }
7668 
7669 //===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
7670 
7671 /// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
7672 /// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
7673 /// to do what the programmer intended.
7674 void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
7675   Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7676   Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7677 
7678   // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
7679   // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
7680   if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
7681     if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
7682       if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
7683         return;
7684 
7685   // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
7686   //  represented by APFloat.  In such cases, do not emit a warning.  This
7687   //  is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
7688   //  detect if a value in a variable has not changed.  This clearly can
7689   //  lead to false negatives.
7690   if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
7691     if (FLL->isExact())
7692       return;
7693   } else
7694     if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
7695       if (FLR->isExact())
7696         return;
7697 
7698   // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
7699   if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
7700     if (CL->getBuiltinCallee())
7701       return;
7702 
7703   if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
7704     if (CR->getBuiltinCallee())
7705       return;
7706 
7707   // Emit the diagnostic.
7708   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
7709     << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
7710 }
7711 
7712 //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
7713 //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
7714 
7715 namespace {
7716 
7717 /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
7718 /// expression.
7719 struct IntRange {
7720   /// The number of bits active in the int.
7721   unsigned Width;
7722 
7723   /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
7724   bool NonNegative;
7725 
7726   IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
7727     : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
7728   {}
7729 
7730   /// Returns the range of the bool type.
7731   static IntRange forBoolType() {
7732     return IntRange(1, true);
7733   }
7734 
7735   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
7736   static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
7737     return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
7738                           T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
7739   }
7740 
7741   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
7742   static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
7743     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
7744 
7745     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
7746       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7747     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
7748       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7749     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
7750       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
7751 
7752     // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
7753     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
7754       EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
7755       if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
7756         return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
7757 
7758       unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
7759       unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
7760 
7761       if (NumNegative == 0)
7762         return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/);
7763       else
7764         return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative),
7765                         false/*NonNegative*/);
7766     }
7767 
7768     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
7769     assert(BT->isInteger());
7770 
7771     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
7772   }
7773 
7774   /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
7775   /// the range of values expressible in the type.
7776   ///
7777   /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
7778   /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
7779   static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
7780     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
7781 
7782     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
7783       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7784     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
7785       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7786     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
7787       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
7788     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
7789       T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
7790 
7791     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
7792     assert(BT->isInteger());
7793 
7794     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
7795   }
7796 
7797   /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
7798   static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
7799     return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
7800                     L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
7801   }
7802 
7803   /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
7804   static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
7805     return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
7806                     L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
7807   }
7808 };
7809 
7810 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value, unsigned MaxWidth) {
7811   if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
7812     return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
7813 
7814   if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
7815     value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
7816 
7817   // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
7818   // signedness.
7819   return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
7820 }
7821 
7822 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
7823                        unsigned MaxWidth) {
7824   if (result.isInt())
7825     return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
7826 
7827   if (result.isVector()) {
7828     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
7829     for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
7830       IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
7831       R = IntRange::join(R, El);
7832     }
7833     return R;
7834   }
7835 
7836   if (result.isComplexInt()) {
7837     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
7838     IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
7839     return IntRange::join(R, I);
7840   }
7841 
7842   // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
7843   // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
7844   // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
7845   // the sign right on this one case.  It would be nice if APValue
7846   // preserved this.
7847   assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
7848   return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
7849 }
7850 
7851 QualType GetExprType(const Expr *E) {
7852   QualType Ty = E->getType();
7853   if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>())
7854     Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType();
7855   return Ty;
7856 }
7857 
7858 /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
7859 /// range of values it might take.
7860 ///
7861 /// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
7862 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
7863   E = E->IgnoreParens();
7864 
7865   // Try a full evaluation first.
7866   Expr::EvalResult result;
7867   if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
7868     return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth);
7869 
7870   // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
7871   // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
7872   // being of the new, wider type.
7873   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
7874     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7875       return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
7876 
7877     IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE));
7878 
7879     bool isIntegerCast = CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
7880                          CE->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
7881 
7882     // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
7883     if (!isIntegerCast)
7884       return OutputTypeRange;
7885 
7886     IntRange SubRange
7887       = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
7888                      std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
7889 
7890     // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
7891     if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
7892       return OutputTypeRange;
7893 
7894     // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
7895     // either the output type or the subexpr is.
7896     return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
7897                     SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
7898   }
7899 
7900   if (const auto *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7901     // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
7902     bool CondResult;
7903     if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
7904       return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
7905                                         : CO->getFalseExpr(),
7906                           MaxWidth);
7907 
7908     // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
7909     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
7910     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
7911     return IntRange::join(L, R);
7912   }
7913 
7914   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7915     switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
7916 
7917     // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
7918     case BO_LAnd:
7919     case BO_LOr:
7920     case BO_LT:
7921     case BO_GT:
7922     case BO_LE:
7923     case BO_GE:
7924     case BO_EQ:
7925     case BO_NE:
7926       return IntRange::forBoolType();
7927 
7928     // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
7929     // is not necessarily the same type.
7930     case BO_MulAssign:
7931     case BO_DivAssign:
7932     case BO_RemAssign:
7933     case BO_AddAssign:
7934     case BO_SubAssign:
7935     case BO_XorAssign:
7936     case BO_OrAssign:
7937       // TODO: bitfields?
7938       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7939 
7940     // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
7941     // been coerced to the LHS type.
7942     case BO_Assign:
7943       // TODO: bitfields?
7944       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7945 
7946     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
7947     case BO_PtrMemD:
7948     case BO_PtrMemI:
7949       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7950 
7951     // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
7952     case BO_And:
7953     case BO_AndAssign:
7954       return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
7955                             GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
7956 
7957     // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
7958     case BO_Shl:
7959       // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
7960       // positive.  It's an important idiom.
7961       if (IntegerLiteral *I
7962             = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7963         if (I->getValue() == 1) {
7964           IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7965           return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
7966         }
7967       }
7968       // fallthrough
7969 
7970     case BO_ShlAssign:
7971       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7972 
7973     // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
7974     case BO_Shr:
7975     case BO_ShrAssign: {
7976       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
7977 
7978       // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
7979       // that much.
7980       llvm::APSInt shift;
7981       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
7982           shift.isNonNegative()) {
7983         unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
7984         if (zext >= L.Width)
7985           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
7986         else
7987           L.Width -= zext;
7988       }
7989 
7990       return L;
7991     }
7992 
7993     // Comma acts as its right operand.
7994     case BO_Comma:
7995       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7996 
7997     // Black-list pointer subtractions.
7998     case BO_Sub:
7999       if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
8000         return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8001       break;
8002 
8003     // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
8004     // of the LHS.
8005     case BO_Div: {
8006       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
8007       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
8008       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
8009 
8010       // If the divisor is constant, use that.
8011       llvm::APSInt divisor;
8012       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
8013         unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
8014         if (log2 >= L.Width)
8015           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
8016         else
8017           L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
8018         return L;
8019       }
8020 
8021       // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
8022       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
8023       return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
8024     }
8025 
8026     // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
8027     // either side.
8028     case BO_Rem: {
8029       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
8030       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
8031       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
8032       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
8033 
8034       IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
8035       meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
8036       return meet;
8037     }
8038 
8039     // The default behavior is okay for these.
8040     case BO_Mul:
8041     case BO_Add:
8042     case BO_Xor:
8043     case BO_Or:
8044       break;
8045     }
8046 
8047     // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
8048     // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
8049     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
8050     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
8051     return IntRange::join(L, R);
8052   }
8053 
8054   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
8055     switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
8056     // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
8057     case UO_LNot:
8058       return IntRange::forBoolType();
8059 
8060     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
8061     case UO_Deref:
8062     case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
8063       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8064 
8065     default:
8066       return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
8067     }
8068   }
8069 
8070   if (const auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
8071     return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth);
8072 
8073   if (const auto *BitField = E->getSourceBitField())
8074     return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
8075                     BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
8076 
8077   return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8078 }
8079 
8080 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E) {
8081   return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)));
8082 }
8083 
8084 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
8085 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
8086 /// target semantics.
8087 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
8088                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
8089                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
8090   llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
8091 
8092   bool ignored;
8093   truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
8094   truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
8095 
8096   return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
8097 }
8098 
8099 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
8100 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
8101 /// target semantics.
8102 ///
8103 /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
8104 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
8105                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
8106                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
8107   if (value.isFloat())
8108     return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
8109 
8110   if (value.isVector()) {
8111     for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
8112       if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
8113         return false;
8114     return true;
8115   }
8116 
8117   assert(value.isComplexFloat());
8118   return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
8119           IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
8120 }
8121 
8122 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
8123 
8124 bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
8125   // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
8126   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
8127       dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8128     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
8129       return false;
8130 
8131   // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
8132   if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
8133     return false;
8134 
8135   llvm::APSInt Value;
8136   return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
8137 }
8138 
8139 bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
8140   // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
8141   while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
8142     if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
8143         ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
8144       break;
8145     E = ICE->getSubExpr();
8146   }
8147 
8148   return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
8149 }
8150 
8151 void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8152   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
8153   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
8154     return;
8155 
8156   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
8157   if (E->isValueDependent())
8158     return;
8159 
8160   if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
8161     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
8162       << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
8163       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8164   } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
8165     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
8166       << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
8167       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8168   } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
8169     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
8170       << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
8171       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8172   } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
8173     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
8174       << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
8175       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8176   }
8177 }
8178 
8179 void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E, Expr *Constant,
8180                                   Expr *Other, const llvm::APSInt &Value,
8181                                   bool RhsConstant) {
8182   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
8183   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
8184     return;
8185 
8186   // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds
8187   // on the bit ranges.
8188   QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
8189   if (const auto *AT = OtherT->getAs<AtomicType>())
8190     OtherT = AT->getValueType();
8191   IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
8192   unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width;
8193 
8194   bool OtherIsBooleanType = Other->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue();
8195 
8196   // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison().
8197   if ((Value == 0) && (!OtherIsBooleanType))
8198     return;
8199 
8200   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
8201   bool IsTrue = true;
8202 
8203   // Used for diagnostic printout.
8204   enum {
8205     LiteralConstant = 0,
8206     CXXBoolLiteralTrue,
8207     CXXBoolLiteralFalse
8208   } LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
8209 
8210   if (!OtherIsBooleanType) {
8211     QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType();
8212     QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType();
8213 
8214     if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT))
8215       return;
8216     assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType()) &&
8217            "comparison with non-integer type");
8218 
8219     bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType();
8220     bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType();
8221 
8222     bool EqualityOnly = false;
8223 
8224     if (CommonSigned) {
8225       // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion.
8226       if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) {
8227         // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
8228         if (ConstantSigned) {
8229           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits())
8230             return;
8231         } else { // !ConstantSigned
8232           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1)
8233             return;
8234         }
8235       } else { // !OtherSigned
8236                // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
8237         // Negative values are out of range.
8238         if (ConstantSigned) {
8239           if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8240             return;
8241         } else { // !ConstantSigned
8242           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8243             return;
8244         }
8245       }
8246     } else { // !CommonSigned
8247       if (OtherRange.NonNegative) {
8248         if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8249           return;
8250       } else { // OtherSigned
8251         assert(!ConstantSigned &&
8252                "Two signed types converted to unsigned types.");
8253         // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT.
8254         if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits())
8255           return;
8256         // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value
8257         // cast to CommonT.
8258         if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) ==
8259                 S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) &&
8260             Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth)
8261           return;
8262         // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent
8263         // after conversion.  Relational comparison still works, but equality
8264         // comparisons will be tautological.
8265         EqualityOnly = true;
8266       }
8267     }
8268 
8269     bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative();
8270 
8271     if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) {
8272       IsTrue = op == BO_NE;
8273     } else if (EqualityOnly) {
8274       return;
8275     } else if (RhsConstant) {
8276       if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE)
8277         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
8278       else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE
8279         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
8280     } else {
8281       if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE)
8282         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
8283       else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE
8284         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
8285     }
8286   } else {
8287     // Other isKnownToHaveBooleanValue
8288     enum CompareBoolWithConstantResult { AFals, ATrue, Unkwn };
8289     enum ConstantValue { LT_Zero, Zero, One, GT_One, SizeOfConstVal };
8290     enum ConstantSide { Lhs, Rhs, SizeOfConstSides };
8291 
8292     static const struct LinkedConditions {
8293       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8294       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8295       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8296       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8297       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_EQ_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8298       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_NE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8299 
8300     } TruthTable = {
8301         // Constant on LHS.              | Constant on RHS.              |
8302         // LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One| LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One|
8303         { { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals }, { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue } },
8304         { { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals } },
8305         { { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue } },
8306         { { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue }, { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals } },
8307         { { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals } },
8308         { { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue } }
8309       };
8310 
8311     bool ConstantIsBoolLiteral = isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Constant);
8312 
8313     enum ConstantValue ConstVal = Zero;
8314     if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
8315       if (Value == 0) {
8316         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8317             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralFalse : LiteralConstant;
8318         ConstVal = Zero;
8319       } else if (Value == 1) {
8320         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8321             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralTrue : LiteralConstant;
8322         ConstVal = One;
8323       } else {
8324         LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
8325         ConstVal = GT_One;
8326       }
8327     } else {
8328       ConstVal = LT_Zero;
8329     }
8330 
8331     CompareBoolWithConstantResult CmpRes;
8332 
8333     switch (op) {
8334     case BO_LT:
8335       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8336       break;
8337     case BO_GT:
8338       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8339       break;
8340     case BO_LE:
8341       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8342       break;
8343     case BO_GE:
8344       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8345       break;
8346     case BO_EQ:
8347       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_EQ_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8348       break;
8349     case BO_NE:
8350       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_NE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8351       break;
8352     default:
8353       CmpRes = Unkwn;
8354       break;
8355     }
8356 
8357     if (CmpRes == AFals) {
8358       IsTrue = false;
8359     } else if (CmpRes == ATrue) {
8360       IsTrue = true;
8361     } else {
8362       return;
8363     }
8364   }
8365 
8366   // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that
8367   // constant in the diagnostic.
8368   const EnumConstantDecl *ED = nullptr;
8369   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant))
8370     ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl());
8371 
8372   SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue;
8373   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue);
8374   if (ED)
8375     OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")";
8376   else
8377     OS << Value;
8378 
8379   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
8380     E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8381     S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare)
8382         << OS.str() << LiteralOrBoolConstant
8383         << OtherT << (OtherIsBooleanType && !OtherT->isBooleanType()) << IsTrue
8384         << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange());
8385 }
8386 
8387 /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison.  Implements the
8388 /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
8389 void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8390   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8391   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8392 }
8393 
8394 /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
8395 ///
8396 /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
8397 void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8398   // The type the comparison is being performed in.
8399   QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
8400 
8401   // Only analyze comparison operators where both sides have been converted to
8402   // the same type.
8403   if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()))
8404     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8405 
8406   // Don't analyze value-dependent comparisons directly.
8407   if (E->isValueDependent())
8408     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8409 
8410   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8411   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8412 
8413   bool IsComparisonConstant = false;
8414 
8415   // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
8416   // of 'true' or 'false'.
8417   if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
8418     llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
8419     bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =
8420       RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context);
8421     llvm::APSInt LHSValue;
8422     bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =
8423       LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context);
8424     if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8425         DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true);
8426     else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8427       DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false);
8428     else
8429       IsComparisonConstant =
8430         (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral);
8431   } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
8432       IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
8433 
8434   // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
8435   // comparison:  we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
8436   // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
8437   //
8438   // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
8439   // whose result is a constant.
8440   if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant)
8441     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8442 
8443   // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
8444   // signedness.
8445   Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
8446   if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8447     assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
8448            "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
8449     signedOperand = LHS;
8450     unsignedOperand = RHS;
8451   } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8452     signedOperand = RHS;
8453     unsignedOperand = LHS;
8454   } else {
8455     CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8456     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8457   }
8458 
8459   // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
8460   IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
8461 
8462   // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands.  Note
8463   // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
8464   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8465   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8466 
8467   // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
8468   // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
8469   // or false.
8470   if (signedRange.NonNegative)
8471     return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8472 
8473   // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
8474   // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
8475   // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
8476   // change the result of the comparison.
8477   if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
8478     unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
8479     IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
8480 
8481     // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
8482     // non-negative.
8483     assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
8484 
8485     if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
8486       return;
8487   }
8488 
8489   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8490     S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
8491       << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
8492       << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
8493 }
8494 
8495 /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
8496 ///
8497 /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
8498 bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
8499                                SourceLocation InitLoc) {
8500   assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
8501   if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
8502     return false;
8503 
8504   // White-list bool bitfields.
8505   if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
8506     return false;
8507 
8508   // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
8509   if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
8510       Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
8511       Init->isValueDependent() ||
8512       Init->isTypeDependent())
8513     return false;
8514 
8515   Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8516 
8517   llvm::APSInt Value;
8518   if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
8519     return false;
8520 
8521   unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
8522   unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
8523 
8524   if (!Value.isSigned() || Value.isNegative())
8525     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OriginalInit))
8526       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Not)
8527         OriginalWidth = Value.getMinSignedBits();
8528 
8529   if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
8530     return false;
8531 
8532   // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
8533   llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
8534   TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
8535 
8536   // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
8537   TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
8538   if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
8539     return false;
8540 
8541   // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
8542   // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
8543   if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
8544     return false;
8545 
8546   std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
8547   std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
8548 
8549   S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
8550     << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
8551     << Init->getSourceRange();
8552 
8553   return true;
8554 }
8555 
8556 /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
8557 /// operations.
8558 void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8559   // Just recurse on the LHS.
8560   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8561 
8562   // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
8563   // a bitfield.
8564   if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) {
8565     if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
8566                                   E->getOperatorLoc())) {
8567       // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
8568       return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8569                                         E->getOperatorLoc());
8570     }
8571   }
8572 
8573   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8574 }
8575 
8576 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
8577 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
8578                      SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
8579                      bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
8580   if (pruneControlFlow) {
8581     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8582                           S.PDiag(diag)
8583                             << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
8584                             << SourceRange(CContext));
8585     return;
8586   }
8587   S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
8588     << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
8589 }
8590 
8591 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
8592 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CContext,
8593                      unsigned diag, bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
8594   DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
8595 }
8596 
8597 
8598 /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a floating point value to an integer value.
8599 void DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8600 
8601                              SourceLocation CContext) {
8602   const bool IsBool = T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool);
8603   const bool PruneWarnings = !S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty();
8604 
8605   Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8606   // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
8607   if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
8608     if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
8609       InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8610 
8611   const bool IsLiteral =
8612       isa<FloatingLiteral>(E) || isa<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE);
8613 
8614   llvm::APFloat Value(0.0);
8615   bool IsConstant =
8616     E->EvaluateAsFloat(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects);
8617   if (!IsConstant) {
8618     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8619                            diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8620   }
8621 
8622   bool isExact = false;
8623 
8624   llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
8625                             T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
8626   if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero,
8627                              &isExact) == llvm::APFloat::opOK &&
8628       isExact) {
8629     if (IsLiteral) return;
8630     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer,
8631                            PruneWarnings);
8632   }
8633 
8634   unsigned DiagID = 0;
8635   if (IsLiteral) {
8636     // Warn on floating point literal to integer.
8637     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer;
8638   } else if (IntegerValue == 0) {
8639     if (Value.isZero()) {  // Skip -0.0 to 0 conversion.
8640       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8641                              diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8642     }
8643     // Warn on non-zero to zero conversion.
8644     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer_zero;
8645   } else {
8646     if (IntegerValue.isUnsigned()) {
8647       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxValue()) {
8648         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8649                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8650       }
8651     } else {  // IntegerValue.isSigned()
8652       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxSignedValue() &&
8653           !IntegerValue.isMinSignedValue()) {
8654         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8655                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8656       }
8657     }
8658     // Warn on evaluatable floating point expression to integer conversion.
8659     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer;
8660   }
8661 
8662   // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print
8663   // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we
8664   // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases).  Ideally, APFloat::toString
8665   // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit
8666   // tricky to implement.
8667   SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
8668   unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics());
8669   precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196;
8670   Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision);
8671 
8672   SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
8673   if (IsBool)
8674     PrettyTargetValue = Value.isZero() ? "false" : "true";
8675   else
8676     IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
8677 
8678   if (PruneWarnings) {
8679     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8680                           S.PDiag(DiagID)
8681                               << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType()
8682                               << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
8683                               << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext));
8684   } else {
8685     S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
8686         << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
8687         << PrettyTargetValue << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
8688   }
8689 }
8690 
8691 std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
8692   if (!Range.Width) return "0";
8693 
8694   llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
8695   ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
8696   ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
8697   return ValueInRange.toString(10);
8698 }
8699 
8700 bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
8701   if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
8702     return false;
8703 
8704   Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8705   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
8706   const Type *Source =
8707     S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
8708   if (Target->isDependentType())
8709     return false;
8710 
8711   const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
8712     dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
8713   const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
8714 
8715   return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
8716           FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
8717 }
8718 
8719 void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
8720                                       SourceLocation CC) {
8721   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
8722   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
8723     Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
8724     if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
8725       continue;
8726 
8727     bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
8728         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
8729     IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
8730         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
8731     if (IsSwapped) {
8732       // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
8733       DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8734                       CurrA->getType(), CC,
8735                       diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
8736     }
8737   }
8738 }
8739 
8740 void DiagnoseNullConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CC) {
8741   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer,
8742                         E->getExprLoc()))
8743     return;
8744 
8745   // Don't warn on functions which have return type nullptr_t.
8746   if (isa<CallExpr>(E))
8747     return;
8748 
8749   // Check for NULL (GNUNull) or nullptr (CXX11_nullptr).
8750   const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
8751       E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
8752   if (NullKind != Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && NullKind != Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr)
8753     return;
8754 
8755   // Return if target type is a safe conversion.
8756   if (T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType() ||
8757       T->isMemberPointerType() || !T->isScalarType() || T->isNullPtrType())
8758     return;
8759 
8760   SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8761 
8762   // Venture through the macro stacks to get to the source of macro arguments.
8763   // The new location is a better location than the complete location that was
8764   // passed in.
8765   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(Loc))
8766     Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
8767 
8768   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(CC))
8769     CC = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(CC);
8770 
8771   // __null is usually wrapped in a macro.  Go up a macro if that is the case.
8772   if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && Loc.isMacroID()) {
8773     StringRef MacroName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroNameForDiagnostics(
8774         Loc, S.SourceMgr, S.getLangOpts());
8775     if (MacroName == "NULL")
8776       Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
8777   }
8778 
8779   // Only warn if the null and context location are in the same macro expansion.
8780   if (S.SourceMgr.getFileID(Loc) != S.SourceMgr.getFileID(CC))
8781     return;
8782 
8783   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
8784       << (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr) << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
8785       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc,
8786                                       S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc));
8787 }
8788 
8789 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8790                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral);
8791 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8792                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral);
8793 
8794 /// Check a single element within a collection literal against the
8795 /// target element type.
8796 void checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(Sema &S, QualType TargetElementType,
8797                                        Expr *Element, unsigned ElementKind) {
8798   // Skip a bitcast to 'id' or qualified 'id'.
8799   if (auto ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Element)) {
8800     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast &&
8801         ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
8802       Element = ICE->getSubExpr();
8803   }
8804 
8805   QualType ElementType = Element->getType();
8806   ExprResult ElementResult(Element);
8807   if (ElementType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
8808       S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(TargetElementType,
8809                                          ElementResult,
8810                                          false, false)
8811         != Sema::Compatible) {
8812     S.Diag(Element->getLocStart(),
8813            diag::warn_objc_collection_literal_element)
8814       << ElementType << ElementKind << TargetElementType
8815       << Element->getSourceRange();
8816   }
8817 
8818   if (auto ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(Element))
8819     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, TargetElementType, ArrayLiteral);
8820   else if (auto DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(Element))
8821     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, TargetElementType, DictionaryLiteral);
8822 }
8823 
8824 /// Check an Objective-C array literal being converted to the given
8825 /// target type.
8826 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8827                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral) {
8828   if (!S.NSArrayDecl)
8829     return;
8830 
8831   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8832   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
8833     return;
8834 
8835   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
8836       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
8837         != S.NSArrayDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
8838     return;
8839 
8840   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
8841   if (TypeArgs.size() != 1)
8842     return;
8843 
8844   QualType TargetElementType = TypeArgs[0];
8845   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ArrayLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
8846     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetElementType,
8847                                       ArrayLiteral->getElement(I),
8848                                       0);
8849   }
8850 }
8851 
8852 /// Check an Objective-C dictionary literal being converted to the given
8853 /// target type.
8854 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8855                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral) {
8856   if (!S.NSDictionaryDecl)
8857     return;
8858 
8859   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8860   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
8861     return;
8862 
8863   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
8864       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
8865         != S.NSDictionaryDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
8866     return;
8867 
8868   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
8869   if (TypeArgs.size() != 2)
8870     return;
8871 
8872   QualType TargetKeyType = TypeArgs[0];
8873   QualType TargetObjectType = TypeArgs[1];
8874   for (unsigned I = 0, N = DictionaryLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
8875     auto Element = DictionaryLiteral->getKeyValueElement(I);
8876     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetKeyType, Element.Key, 1);
8877     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetObjectType, Element.Value, 2);
8878   }
8879 }
8880 
8881 // Helper function to filter out cases for constant width constant conversion.
8882 // Don't warn on char array initialization or for non-decimal values.
8883 bool isSameWidthConstantConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8884                                    SourceLocation CC) {
8885   // If initializing from a constant, and the constant starts with '0',
8886   // then it is a binary, octal, or hexadecimal.  Allow these constants
8887   // to fill all the bits, even if there is a sign change.
8888   if (auto *IntLit = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
8889     const char FirstLiteralCharacter =
8890         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(IntLit->getLocStart())[0];
8891     if (FirstLiteralCharacter == '0')
8892       return false;
8893   }
8894 
8895   // If the CC location points to a '{', and the type is char, then assume
8896   // assume it is an array initialization.
8897   if (CC.isValid() && T->isCharType()) {
8898     const char FirstContextCharacter =
8899         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(CC)[0];
8900     if (FirstContextCharacter == '{')
8901       return false;
8902   }
8903 
8904   return true;
8905 }
8906 
8907 void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8908                              SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = nullptr) {
8909   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
8910 
8911   const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
8912   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
8913   if (Source == Target) return;
8914   if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
8915 
8916   // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
8917   // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
8918   // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
8919   // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
8920   // scenario, we just return.
8921   if (CC.isInvalid())
8922     return;
8923 
8924   // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
8925   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
8926     if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
8927       // Warn on string literal to bool.  Checks for string literals in logical
8928       // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are
8929       // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
8930       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8931                              diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
8932     if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) ||
8933         isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
8934       // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C
8935       // objects.
8936       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8937                              diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool);
8938     }
8939     if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) {
8940       // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true.
8941       S.DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false,
8942                                      SourceRange(CC));
8943     }
8944   }
8945 
8946   // Check implicit casts from Objective-C collection literals to specialized
8947   // collection types, e.g., NSArray<NSString *> *.
8948   if (auto *ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E))
8949     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), ArrayLiteral);
8950   else if (auto *DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E))
8951     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), DictionaryLiteral);
8952 
8953   // Strip vector types.
8954   if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
8955     if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
8956       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8957         return;
8958       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
8959     }
8960 
8961     // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
8962     // a bitcast, not a conversion.
8963     if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
8964       return;
8965 
8966     Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8967     Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8968   }
8969   if (auto VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Target))
8970     Target = VecTy->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8971 
8972   // Strip complex types.
8973   if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
8974     if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
8975       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8976         return;
8977 
8978       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
8979     }
8980 
8981     Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8982     Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8983   }
8984 
8985   const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
8986   const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
8987 
8988   // If the source is floating point...
8989   if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
8990     // ...and the target is floating point...
8991     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
8992       // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
8993 
8994       // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
8995       if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
8996         // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
8997         // representable in the target type.
8998         Expr::EvalResult result;
8999         if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
9000           // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
9001           if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
9002                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
9003                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
9004             return;
9005         }
9006 
9007         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9008           return;
9009 
9010         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
9011       }
9012       // ... or possibly if we're increasing rank, too
9013       else if (TargetBT->getKind() > SourceBT->getKind()) {
9014         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9015           return;
9016 
9017         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_double_promotion);
9018       }
9019       return;
9020     }
9021 
9022     // If the target is integral, always warn.
9023     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
9024       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9025         return;
9026 
9027       DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(S, E, T, CC);
9028     }
9029 
9030     // Detect the case where a call result is converted from floating-point to
9031     // to bool, and the final argument to the call is converted from bool, to
9032     // discover this typo:
9033     //
9034     //    bool b = fabs(x < 1.0);  // should be "bool b = fabs(x) < 1.0;"
9035     //
9036     // FIXME: This is an incredibly special case; is there some more general
9037     // way to detect this class of misplaced-parentheses bug?
9038     if (Target->isBooleanType() && isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
9039       // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
9040       // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
9041       // is being cast to.
9042       CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
9043       if (unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs()) {
9044         Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
9045         Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9046         if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) &&
9047             InnerE->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
9048           // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
9049           DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
9050                           diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
9051         }
9052       }
9053     }
9054     return;
9055   }
9056 
9057   DiagnoseNullConversion(S, E, T, CC);
9058 
9059   S.DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(Target, E);
9060 
9061   if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
9062     return;
9063 
9064   // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
9065   // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
9066   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
9067     return;
9068 
9069   IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
9070   IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
9071 
9072   if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
9073     // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
9074     // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
9075     llvm::APSInt Value(32);
9076     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
9077       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9078         return;
9079 
9080       std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
9081       std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
9082 
9083       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
9084         S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
9085             << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
9086             << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
9087             << clang::SourceRange(CC));
9088       return;
9089     }
9090 
9091     // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
9092     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9093       return;
9094 
9095     if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
9096       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
9097                              /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
9098     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
9099   }
9100 
9101   if (TargetRange.Width == SourceRange.Width && !TargetRange.NonNegative &&
9102       SourceRange.NonNegative && Source->isSignedIntegerType()) {
9103     // Warn when doing a signed to signed conversion, warn if the positive
9104     // source value is exactly the width of the target type, which will
9105     // cause a negative value to be stored.
9106 
9107     llvm::APSInt Value;
9108     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects) &&
9109         !S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) {
9110       if (isSameWidthConstantConversion(S, E, T, CC)) {
9111         std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
9112         std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
9113 
9114         S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
9115             E->getExprLoc(), E,
9116             S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
9117                 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue << E->getType() << T
9118                 << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC));
9119         return;
9120       }
9121     }
9122 
9123     // Fall through for non-constants to give a sign conversion warning.
9124   }
9125 
9126   if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
9127       (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
9128        SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
9129     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9130       return;
9131 
9132     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
9133 
9134     // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
9135     // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
9136     // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
9137     // in the sign-compare group.
9138     // The conditional-checking code will
9139     if (ICContext) {
9140       DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
9141       *ICContext = true;
9142     }
9143 
9144     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
9145   }
9146 
9147   // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
9148   // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
9149   // type, to give us better diagnostics.
9150   QualType SourceType = E->getType();
9151   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9152     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9153       if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
9154         EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
9155         SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
9156         Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
9157       }
9158   }
9159 
9160   if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
9161     if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
9162       if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
9163           TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
9164           SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
9165         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9166           return;
9167 
9168         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
9169                                diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
9170       }
9171 }
9172 
9173 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
9174                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
9175 
9176 void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
9177                              SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
9178   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9179 
9180   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
9181     return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
9182 
9183   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
9184   if (E->getType() != T)
9185     return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
9186 }
9187 
9188 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
9189                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
9190   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), E->getQuestionLoc());
9191 
9192   bool Suspicious = false;
9193   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
9194   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
9195 
9196   // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
9197   // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
9198   if (!Suspicious) return;
9199 
9200   // ...but it's currently ignored...
9201   if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, CC))
9202     return;
9203 
9204   // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
9205   // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
9206   if (E->getType() == T) return;
9207 
9208   Suspicious = false;
9209   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9210                           E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
9211   if (!Suspicious)
9212     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9213                             E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
9214 }
9215 
9216 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
9217 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
9218 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9219   if (S.getLangOpts().Bool)
9220     return;
9221   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), S.Context.BoolTy, CC);
9222 }
9223 
9224 /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
9225 /// implicit conversions in the given expression.  There are a couple
9226 /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
9227 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
9228   QualType T = OrigE->getType();
9229   Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9230 
9231   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
9232     return;
9233 
9234   // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
9235   // were being fed directly into the output.
9236   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9237     ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
9238     CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
9239     return;
9240   }
9241 
9242   // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
9243   if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
9244     CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
9245 
9246   // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
9247   // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
9248   // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
9249   if (E->getType() != T)
9250     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
9251 
9252   // Now continue drilling into this expression.
9253 
9254   if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) {
9255     // The bound subexpressions in a PseudoObjectExpr are not reachable
9256     // as transitive children.
9257     // FIXME: Use a more uniform representation for this.
9258     for (auto *SE : POE->semantics())
9259       if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SE))
9260         AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC);
9261   }
9262 
9263   // Skip past explicit casts.
9264   if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
9265     E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9266     return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
9267   }
9268 
9269   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9270     // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
9271     if (BO->isComparisonOp())
9272       return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
9273 
9274     // And with simple assignments.
9275     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
9276       return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
9277   }
9278 
9279   // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below.  Fortunately,
9280   // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
9281   // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
9282   // built into statements.
9283   if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
9284 
9285   // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
9286   if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
9287 
9288   // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
9289   CC = E->getExprLoc();
9290   BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
9291   bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd;
9292   for (Stmt *SubStmt : E->children()) {
9293     Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(SubStmt);
9294     if (!ChildExpr)
9295       continue;
9296 
9297     if (IsLogicalAndOperator &&
9298         isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
9299       // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators.
9300       // This is a common pattern for asserts.
9301       continue;
9302     AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
9303   }
9304 
9305   if (BO && BO->isLogicalOp()) {
9306     Expr *SubExpr = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9307     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
9308       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
9309 
9310     SubExpr = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9311     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
9312       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
9313   }
9314 
9315   if (const UnaryOperator *U = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
9316     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_LNot)
9317       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, U->getSubExpr(), CC);
9318 }
9319 
9320 } // end anonymous namespace
9321 
9322 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
9323                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End) {
9324   bool IllegalParams = false;
9325   for (unsigned I = Start; I <= End; ++I) {
9326     QualType Ty = TheCall->getArg(I)->getType();
9327     // Taking into account implicit conversions,
9328     // allow any integer within 32 bits range
9329     if (!Ty->isIntegerType() ||
9330         S.Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Ty).getQuantity() > 4) {
9331       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(I)->getLocStart(),
9332              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_invalid_local_size_type);
9333       IllegalParams = true;
9334     }
9335     // Potentially emit standard warnings for implicit conversions if enabled
9336     // using -Wconversion.
9337     CheckImplicitConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(I), S.Context.UnsignedIntTy,
9338                             TheCall->getArg(I)->getLocStart());
9339   }
9340   return IllegalParams;
9341 }
9342 
9343 // Helper function for Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer.
9344 // Returns true when emitting a warning about taking the address of a reference.
9345 static bool CheckForReference(Sema &SemaRef, const Expr *E,
9346                               const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
9347   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9348 
9349   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9350 
9351   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9352     if (!DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9353       return false;
9354   } else if (const MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9355     if (!M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9356       return false;
9357   } else if (const CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
9358     if (!Call->getCallReturnType(SemaRef.Context)->isReferenceType())
9359       return false;
9360     FD = Call->getDirectCallee();
9361   } else {
9362     return false;
9363   }
9364 
9365   SemaRef.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), PD);
9366 
9367   // If possible, point to location of function.
9368   if (FD) {
9369     SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_reference_is_return_value) << FD;
9370   }
9371 
9372   return true;
9373 }
9374 
9375 // Returns true if the SourceLocation is expanded from any macro body.
9376 // Returns false if the SourceLocation is invalid, is from not in a macro
9377 // expansion, or is from expanded from a top-level macro argument.
9378 static bool IsInAnyMacroBody(const SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation Loc) {
9379   if (Loc.isInvalid())
9380     return false;
9381 
9382   while (Loc.isMacroID()) {
9383     if (SM.isMacroBodyExpansion(Loc))
9384       return true;
9385     Loc = SM.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
9386   }
9387 
9388   return false;
9389 }
9390 
9391 /// \brief Diagnose pointers that are always non-null.
9392 /// \param E the expression containing the pointer
9393 /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is
9394 /// compared to a null pointer
9395 /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer
9396 /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic
9397 void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
9398                                         Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind,
9399                                         bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) {
9400   if (!E)
9401     return;
9402 
9403   // Don't warn inside macros.
9404   if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) {
9405     const SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
9406     if (IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, E->getExprLoc()) ||
9407         IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, Range.getBegin()))
9408       return;
9409   }
9410   E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
9411 
9412   const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9413 
9414   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
9415     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_this_null_compare
9416                                 : diag::warn_this_bool_conversion;
9417     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9418     return;
9419   }
9420 
9421   bool IsAddressOf = false;
9422 
9423   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9424     if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf)
9425       return;
9426     IsAddressOf = true;
9427     E = UO->getSubExpr();
9428   }
9429 
9430   if (IsAddressOf) {
9431     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare
9432                           ? diag::warn_address_of_reference_null_compare
9433                           : diag::warn_address_of_reference_bool_conversion;
9434     PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range
9435                                          << IsEqual;
9436     if (CheckForReference(*this, E, PD)) {
9437       return;
9438     }
9439   }
9440 
9441   auto ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall = [&](const Attr *NonnullAttr) {
9442     bool IsParam = isa<NonNullAttr>(NonnullAttr);
9443     std::string Str;
9444     llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9445     E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9446     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_nonnull_expr_compare
9447                                 : diag::warn_cast_nonnull_to_bool;
9448     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << IsParam << S.str()
9449       << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9450     Diag(NonnullAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_nonnull) << IsParam;
9451   };
9452 
9453   // If we have a CallExpr that is tagged with returns_nonnull, we can complain.
9454   if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
9455     if (auto *Callee = Call->getDirectCallee()) {
9456       if (const Attr *A = Callee->getAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) {
9457         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9458         return;
9459       }
9460     }
9461   }
9462 
9463   // Expect to find a single Decl.  Skip anything more complicated.
9464   ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
9465   if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9466     D = R->getDecl();
9467   } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9468     D = M->getMemberDecl();
9469   }
9470 
9471   // Weak Decls can be null.
9472   if (!D || D->isWeak())
9473     return;
9474 
9475   // Check for parameter decl with nonnull attribute
9476   if (const auto* PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
9477     if (getCurFunction() &&
9478         !getCurFunction()->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(PV)) {
9479       if (const Attr *A = PV->getAttr<NonNullAttr>()) {
9480         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9481         return;
9482       }
9483 
9484       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
9485         auto ParamIter = llvm::find(FD->parameters(), PV);
9486         assert(ParamIter != FD->param_end());
9487         unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), ParamIter);
9488 
9489         for (const auto *NonNull : FD->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
9490           if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
9491               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9492               return;
9493           }
9494 
9495           for (unsigned ArgNo : NonNull->args()) {
9496             if (ArgNo == ParamNo) {
9497               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9498               return;
9499             }
9500           }
9501         }
9502       }
9503     }
9504   }
9505 
9506   QualType T = D->getType();
9507   const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType();
9508   const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType();
9509 
9510   // Address of function is used to silence the function warning.
9511   if (IsAddressOf && IsFunction) {
9512     return;
9513   }
9514 
9515   // Found nothing.
9516   if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray)
9517     return;
9518 
9519   // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic.
9520   std::string Str;
9521   llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9522   E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9523 
9524   unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare
9525                               : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool;
9526   enum {
9527     AddressOf,
9528     FunctionPointer,
9529     ArrayPointer
9530   } DiagType;
9531   if (IsAddressOf)
9532     DiagType = AddressOf;
9533   else if (IsFunction)
9534     DiagType = FunctionPointer;
9535   else if (IsArray)
9536     DiagType = ArrayPointer;
9537   else
9538     llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic.");
9539   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange()
9540                                 << Range << IsEqual;
9541 
9542   if (!IsFunction)
9543     return;
9544 
9545   // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning.
9546   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence)
9547       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), "&");
9548 
9549   // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted.
9550   QualType ReturnType;
9551   UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
9552   tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
9553   if (ReturnType.isNull())
9554     return;
9555 
9556   if (IsCompare) {
9557     // There are two cases here.  If there is null constant, the only suggest
9558     // for a pointer return type.  If the null is 0, then suggest if the return
9559     // type is a pointer or an integer type.
9560     if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) {
9561       if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression ||
9562           NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
9563         if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType())
9564           return;
9565       } else {
9566         return;
9567       }
9568     }
9569   } else { // !IsCompare
9570     // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool
9571     // return type.
9572     if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
9573       return;
9574   }
9575   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call)
9576       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
9577 }
9578 
9579 /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
9580 /// expression (which is a full expression).  Implements -Wconversion
9581 /// and -Wsign-compare.
9582 ///
9583 /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
9584 ///   the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
9585 ///   conversion
9586 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9587   // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
9588   if (isUnevaluatedContext())
9589     return;
9590 
9591   // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
9592   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
9593     return;
9594 
9595   // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
9596   // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
9597   // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
9598   CheckArrayAccess(E);
9599 
9600   // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
9601   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
9602 }
9603 
9604 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
9605 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
9606 void Sema::CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9607   ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(*this, E, CC);
9608 }
9609 
9610 /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation
9611 /// results in integer overflow
9612 void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) {
9613   // Use a work list to deal with nested struct initializers.
9614   SmallVector<Expr *, 2> Exprs(1, E);
9615 
9616   do {
9617     Expr *E = Exprs.pop_back_val();
9618 
9619     if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
9620       E->IgnoreParenCasts()->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
9621       continue;
9622     }
9623 
9624     if (auto InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
9625       Exprs.append(InitList->inits().begin(), InitList->inits().end());
9626   } while (!Exprs.empty());
9627 }
9628 
9629 namespace {
9630 /// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the
9631 /// same object.
9632 class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> {
9633   typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base;
9634 
9635   /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are
9636   /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we
9637   /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma
9638   /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are
9639   /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later.
9640   class SequenceTree {
9641     struct Value {
9642       explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {}
9643       unsigned Parent : 31;
9644       unsigned Merged : 1;
9645     };
9646     SmallVector<Value, 8> Values;
9647 
9648   public:
9649     /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect
9650     /// to some other region.
9651     class Seq {
9652       explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {}
9653       unsigned Index;
9654       friend class SequenceTree;
9655     public:
9656       Seq() : Index(0) {}
9657     };
9658 
9659     SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); }
9660     Seq root() const { return Seq(0); }
9661 
9662     /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced
9663     /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with
9664     /// respect to other children of \p Parent.
9665     Seq allocate(Seq Parent) {
9666       Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index));
9667       return Seq(Values.size() - 1);
9668     }
9669 
9670     /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent.
9671     void merge(Seq S) {
9672       Values[S.Index].Merged = true;
9673     }
9674 
9675     /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation
9676     /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old
9677     /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate.
9678     bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) {
9679       unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index);
9680       unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index);
9681       while (C >= Target) {
9682         if (C == Target)
9683           return true;
9684         C = Values[C].Parent;
9685       }
9686       return false;
9687     }
9688 
9689   private:
9690     /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence.
9691     unsigned representative(unsigned K) {
9692       if (Values[K].Merged)
9693         // Perform path compression as we go.
9694         return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent);
9695       return K;
9696     }
9697   };
9698 
9699   /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses.
9700   typedef NamedDecl *Object;
9701 
9702   /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the
9703   /// least-sequenced usage of each kind.
9704   enum UsageKind {
9705     /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK.
9706     UK_Use,
9707     /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value
9708     /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++.
9709     UK_ModAsValue,
9710     /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value
9711     /// computation of the expression, such as n++.
9712     UK_ModAsSideEffect,
9713 
9714     UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1
9715   };
9716 
9717   struct Usage {
9718     Usage() : Use(nullptr), Seq() {}
9719     Expr *Use;
9720     SequenceTree::Seq Seq;
9721   };
9722 
9723   struct UsageInfo {
9724     UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {}
9725     Usage Uses[UK_Count];
9726     /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already?
9727     bool Diagnosed;
9728   };
9729   typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap;
9730 
9731   Sema &SemaRef;
9732   /// Sequenced regions within the expression.
9733   SequenceTree Tree;
9734   /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen.
9735   UsageInfoMap UsageMap;
9736   /// The region we are currently within.
9737   SequenceTree::Seq Region;
9738   /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect
9739   /// (that is, post-increment operations).
9740   SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect;
9741   /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce
9742   /// stack usage.
9743   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList;
9744 
9745   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an
9746   /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation
9747   /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so
9748   /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to
9749   /// UK_ModAsValue.
9750   struct SequencedSubexpression {
9751     SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self)
9752       : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) {
9753       Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect;
9754     }
9755     ~SequencedSubexpression() {
9756       for (auto &M : llvm::reverse(ModAsSideEffect)) {
9757         UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[M.first];
9758         auto &SideEffectUsage = U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect];
9759         Self.addUsage(U, M.first, SideEffectUsage.Use, UK_ModAsValue);
9760         SideEffectUsage = M.second;
9761       }
9762       Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect;
9763     }
9764 
9765     SequenceChecker &Self;
9766     SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect;
9767     SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect;
9768   };
9769 
9770   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might
9771   /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and
9772   /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of
9773   /// the outer expression.
9774   class EvaluationTracker {
9775   public:
9776     EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self)
9777         : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) {
9778       Self.EvalTracker = this;
9779     }
9780     ~EvaluationTracker() {
9781       Self.EvalTracker = Prev;
9782       if (Prev)
9783         Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK;
9784     }
9785 
9786     bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) {
9787       if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent())
9788         return false;
9789       EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context);
9790       return EvalOK;
9791     }
9792 
9793   private:
9794     SequenceChecker &Self;
9795     EvaluationTracker *Prev;
9796     bool EvalOK;
9797   } *EvalTracker;
9798 
9799   /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression,
9800   /// if any.
9801   Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const {
9802     E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
9803     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9804       if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec))
9805         return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod);
9806     } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9807       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
9808         return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod);
9809       if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp())
9810         return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod);
9811     } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9812       // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n".
9813       if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
9814         return ME->getMemberDecl();
9815     } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9816       // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value.
9817       return DRE->getDecl();
9818     return nullptr;
9819   }
9820 
9821   /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression.
9822   void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) {
9823     Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK];
9824     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) {
9825       if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect)
9826         ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U));
9827       U.Use = Ref;
9828       U.Seq = Region;
9829     }
9830   }
9831   /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage.
9832   void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind,
9833                   bool IsModMod) {
9834     if (UI.Diagnosed)
9835       return;
9836 
9837     const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind];
9838     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq))
9839       return;
9840 
9841     Expr *Mod = U.Use;
9842     Expr *ModOrUse = Ref;
9843     if (OtherKind == UK_Use)
9844       std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse);
9845 
9846     SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(),
9847                  IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod
9848                           : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use)
9849       << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc());
9850     UI.Diagnosed = true;
9851   }
9852 
9853   void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
9854     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9855     // Uses conflict with other modifications.
9856     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false);
9857   }
9858   void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
9859     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9860     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false);
9861     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use);
9862   }
9863 
9864   void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) {
9865     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9866     // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses.
9867     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true);
9868     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false);
9869   }
9870   void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) {
9871     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9872     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true);
9873     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK);
9874   }
9875 
9876 public:
9877   SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList)
9878       : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()),
9879         ModAsSideEffect(nullptr), WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(nullptr) {
9880     Visit(E);
9881   }
9882 
9883   void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
9884     // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now.
9885   }
9886 
9887   void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
9888     // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions.
9889     Base::VisitStmt(E);
9890   }
9891 
9892   void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
9893     Object O = Object();
9894     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9895       O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false);
9896 
9897     if (O)
9898       notePreUse(O, E);
9899     VisitExpr(E);
9900     if (O)
9901       notePostUse(O, E);
9902   }
9903 
9904   void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9905     // C++11 [expr.comma]p1:
9906     //   Every value computation and side effect associated with the left
9907     //   expression is sequenced before every value computation and side
9908     //   effect associated with the right expression.
9909     SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
9910     SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
9911     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
9912 
9913     {
9914       SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this);
9915       Region = LHS;
9916       Visit(BO->getLHS());
9917     }
9918 
9919     Region = RHS;
9920     Visit(BO->getRHS());
9921 
9922     Region = OldRegion;
9923 
9924     // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced
9925     // with respect to other stuff.
9926     Tree.merge(LHS);
9927     Tree.merge(RHS);
9928   }
9929 
9930   void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9931     // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS
9932     // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the
9933     // map afterwards.
9934     Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true);
9935     if (!O)
9936       return VisitExpr(BO);
9937 
9938     notePreMod(O, BO);
9939 
9940     // C++11 [expr.ass]p7:
9941     //   E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated
9942     //   only once.
9943     //
9944     // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used
9945     // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself.
9946     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
9947       notePreUse(O, BO);
9948 
9949     Visit(BO->getLHS());
9950 
9951     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
9952       notePostUse(O, BO);
9953 
9954     Visit(BO->getRHS());
9955 
9956     // C++11 [expr.ass]p1:
9957     //   the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the
9958     //   assignment expression.
9959     // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule.
9960     notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
9961                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9962   }
9963 
9964   void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
9965     VisitBinAssign(CAO);
9966   }
9967 
9968   void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
9969   void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
9970   void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
9971     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
9972     if (!O)
9973       return VisitExpr(UO);
9974 
9975     notePreMod(O, UO);
9976     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
9977     // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1:
9978     //   the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1
9979     notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
9980                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9981   }
9982 
9983   void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9984   void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9985   void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
9986     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
9987     if (!O)
9988       return VisitExpr(UO);
9989 
9990     notePreMod(O, UO);
9991     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
9992     notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9993   }
9994 
9995   /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated.
9996   void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9997     // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the
9998     // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation
9999     // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them
10000     // as if they were unconditionally sequenced.
10001     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10002     {
10003       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10004       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10005     }
10006 
10007     bool Result;
10008     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
10009       if (!Result)
10010         Visit(BO->getRHS());
10011     } else {
10012       // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an
10013       // entirely separate evaluation.
10014       //
10015       // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced
10016       // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations
10017       // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them.
10018       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
10019     }
10020   }
10021   void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10022     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10023     {
10024       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10025       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10026     }
10027 
10028     bool Result;
10029     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
10030       if (Result)
10031         Visit(BO->getRHS());
10032     } else {
10033       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
10034     }
10035   }
10036 
10037   // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will
10038   // be chosen.
10039   void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) {
10040     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10041     {
10042       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10043       Visit(CO->getCond());
10044     }
10045 
10046     bool Result;
10047     if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result))
10048       Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr());
10049     else {
10050       WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr());
10051       WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr());
10052     }
10053   }
10054 
10055   void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
10056     // C++11 [intro.execution]p15:
10057     //   When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect
10058     //   associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression
10059     //   designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every
10060     //   expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before
10061     //   the value computation of its result].
10062     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10063     Base::VisitCallExpr(CE);
10064 
10065     // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions.
10066   }
10067 
10068   void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) {
10069     // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result.
10070     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10071 
10072     if (!CCE->isListInitialization())
10073       return VisitExpr(CCE);
10074 
10075     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
10076     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
10077     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
10078     for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(),
10079                                         E = CCE->arg_end();
10080          I != E; ++I) {
10081       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
10082       Elts.push_back(Region);
10083       Visit(*I);
10084     }
10085 
10086     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
10087     Region = Parent;
10088     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
10089       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
10090   }
10091 
10092   void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) {
10093     if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10094       return VisitExpr(ILE);
10095 
10096     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
10097     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
10098     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
10099     for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) {
10100       Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I);
10101       if (!E) continue;
10102       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
10103       Elts.push_back(Region);
10104       Visit(E);
10105     }
10106 
10107     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
10108     Region = Parent;
10109     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
10110       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
10111   }
10112 };
10113 } // end anonymous namespace
10114 
10115 void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) {
10116   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList;
10117   WorkList.push_back(E);
10118   while (!WorkList.empty()) {
10119     Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
10120     SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList);
10121   }
10122 }
10123 
10124 void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc,
10125                               bool IsConstexpr) {
10126   CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc);
10127   if (!E->isInstantiationDependent())
10128     CheckUnsequencedOperations(E);
10129   if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent())
10130     CheckForIntOverflow(E);
10131   DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
10132 }
10133 
10134 void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
10135                                        FieldDecl *BitField,
10136                                        Expr *Init) {
10137   (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
10138 }
10139 
10140 static void diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(Sema &S, QualType PType,
10141                                          SourceLocation Loc) {
10142   if (!PType->isVariablyModifiedType())
10143     return;
10144   if (const auto *PointerTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(PType)) {
10145     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, PointerTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
10146     return;
10147   }
10148   if (const auto *ReferenceTy = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(PType)) {
10149     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ReferenceTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
10150     return;
10151   }
10152   if (const auto *ParenTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(PType)) {
10153     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ParenTy->getInnerType(), Loc);
10154     return;
10155   }
10156 
10157   const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(PType);
10158   if (!AT)
10159     return;
10160 
10161   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Star) {
10162     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, AT->getElementType(), Loc);
10163     return;
10164   }
10165 
10166   S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
10167 }
10168 
10169 /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
10170 /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
10171 /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
10172 /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
10173 /// parameters are complete.
10174 bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
10175                                     bool CheckParameterNames) {
10176   bool HasInvalidParm = false;
10177   for (ParmVarDecl *Param : Parameters) {
10178     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
10179     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
10180     // that function shall not have incomplete type.
10181     //
10182     // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
10183     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
10184         RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
10185                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10186       Param->setInvalidDecl();
10187       HasInvalidParm = true;
10188     }
10189 
10190     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
10191     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
10192     if (CheckParameterNames &&
10193         Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
10194         !Param->isImplicit() &&
10195         !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10196       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
10197 
10198     // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
10199     //   If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
10200     //   function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
10201     //   notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
10202     //   variable length array types.
10203     QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
10204     // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location
10205     // information is added for it.
10206     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(*this, PType, Param->getLocation());
10207 
10208     // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee.  Therefore a
10209     // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the
10210     // object's destructor.  However, we don't perform any direct access check
10211     // on the dtor.
10212     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo()
10213                                        .getCXXABI()
10214                                        .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) {
10215       if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) {
10216         if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10217           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
10218           if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
10219               !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() &&
10220               !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) {
10221             CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl);
10222             MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor);
10223             DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation());
10224           }
10225         }
10226       }
10227     }
10228 
10229     // Parameters with the pass_object_size attribute only need to be marked
10230     // constant at function definitions. Because we lack information about
10231     // whether we're on a declaration or definition when we're instantiating the
10232     // attribute, we need to check for constness here.
10233     if (const auto *Attr = Param->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>())
10234       if (!Param->getType().isConstQualified())
10235         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only)
10236             << Attr->getSpelling() << 1;
10237   }
10238 
10239   return HasInvalidParm;
10240 }
10241 
10242 /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
10243 /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
10244 void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
10245   // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
10246   // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
10247   if (getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_cast_align, TRange.getBegin()))
10248     return;
10249 
10250   // Ignore dependent types.
10251   if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
10252     return;
10253 
10254   // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
10255   const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
10256   if (!DestPtr) return;
10257 
10258   // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
10259   QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
10260   if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
10261   CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
10262   if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
10263 
10264   // Require that the source be a pointer type.
10265   const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
10266   if (!SrcPtr) return;
10267   QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
10268 
10269   // Whitelist casts from cv void*.  We already implicitly
10270   // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
10271   // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
10272   // includes 'void'.
10273   if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
10274 
10275   CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
10276   if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
10277 
10278   Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
10279     << Op->getType() << T
10280     << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
10281     << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
10282     << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
10283 }
10284 
10285 /// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
10286 /// array member of a struct.
10287 ///
10288 /// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
10289 /// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
10290 static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, const llvm::APInt &Size,
10291                                     const NamedDecl *ND) {
10292   if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
10293 
10294   const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
10295   if (!FD) return false;
10296 
10297   // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
10298   // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
10299 
10300   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
10301   while (TInfo) {
10302     TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
10303     // Look through typedefs.
10304     if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
10305       const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl();
10306       TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
10307       continue;
10308     }
10309     if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) {
10310       const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
10311       if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
10312         return false;
10313     }
10314     break;
10315   }
10316 
10317   const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
10318   if (!RD) return false;
10319   if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
10320   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
10321     if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
10322   }
10323 
10324   // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
10325   const Decl *D = FD;
10326   while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
10327     if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
10328       return false;
10329   return true;
10330 }
10331 
10332 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
10333                             const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
10334                             bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
10335   IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10336   if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
10337     return;
10338 
10339   const Type *EffectiveType =
10340       BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10341   BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10342   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
10343     Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
10344   if (!ArrayTy)
10345     return;
10346 
10347   llvm::APSInt index;
10348   if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
10349     return;
10350   if (IndexNegated)
10351     index = -index;
10352 
10353   const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr;
10354   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10355     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10356   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10357     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10358 
10359   if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
10360     llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
10361     if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
10362       return;
10363 
10364     const Type *BaseType = BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10365     if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
10366       // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
10367       uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
10368       uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
10369       // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
10370       if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
10371       if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
10372         // There's a cast to a different size type involved
10373         uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
10374         // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
10375         // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
10376         if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
10377           size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
10378       }
10379     }
10380 
10381     if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
10382       index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
10383     else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
10384       size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
10385 
10386     // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
10387     // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
10388     // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
10389     // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
10390     if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
10391       return;
10392 
10393     // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
10394     // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
10395     // code.
10396     if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
10397       return;
10398 
10399     // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
10400     // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
10401     // within a system header.
10402     if (ASE) {
10403       SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10404           ASE->getRBracketLoc());
10405       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
10406         SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10407             IndexExpr->getLocStart());
10408         if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
10409           return;
10410       }
10411     }
10412 
10413     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
10414     if (ASE)
10415       DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
10416 
10417     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10418                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10419                           << size.toString(10, true)
10420                           << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
10421                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10422   } else {
10423     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
10424     if (!ASE) {
10425       DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
10426       if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
10427     }
10428 
10429     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10430                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10431                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10432   }
10433 
10434   if (!ND) {
10435     // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
10436     while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
10437            dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
10438       BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
10439     if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10440       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10441     if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10442       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10443   }
10444 
10445   if (ND)
10446     DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10447                         PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
10448                           << ND->getDeclName());
10449 }
10450 
10451 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
10452   int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
10453   while (expr) {
10454     expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10455     switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
10456       case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
10457         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
10458         CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
10459                          AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10460         return;
10461       }
10462       case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
10463         const OMPArraySectionExpr *ASE = cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(expr);
10464         if (ASE->getLowerBound())
10465           CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getLowerBound(),
10466                            /*ASE=*/nullptr, AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10467         return;
10468       }
10469       case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10470         // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
10471         const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
10472         expr = UO->getSubExpr();
10473         switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
10474           case UO_AddrOf:
10475             AllowOnePastEnd++;
10476             break;
10477           case UO_Deref:
10478             AllowOnePastEnd--;
10479             break;
10480           default:
10481             return;
10482         }
10483         break;
10484       }
10485       case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
10486         const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
10487         if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
10488           CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
10489         if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
10490           CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
10491         return;
10492       }
10493       default:
10494         return;
10495     }
10496   }
10497 }
10498 
10499 //===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
10500 
10501 namespace {
10502   struct RetainCycleOwner {
10503     RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(nullptr), Indirect(false) {}
10504     VarDecl *Variable;
10505     SourceRange Range;
10506     SourceLocation Loc;
10507     bool Indirect;
10508 
10509     void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
10510       Loc = e->getExprLoc();
10511       Range = e->getSourceRange();
10512     }
10513   };
10514 } // end anonymous namespace
10515 
10516 /// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
10517 /// a retain cycle.
10518 static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10519   // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
10520   // lifetime.  In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
10521   // __block and has an appropriate type.
10522   if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
10523     return false;
10524 
10525   owner.Variable = var;
10526   if (ref)
10527     owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
10528   return true;
10529 }
10530 
10531 static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10532   while (true) {
10533     e = e->IgnoreParens();
10534     if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
10535       switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
10536       case CK_BitCast:
10537       case CK_LValueBitCast:
10538       case CK_LValueToRValue:
10539       case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
10540         e = cast->getSubExpr();
10541         continue;
10542 
10543       default:
10544         return false;
10545       }
10546     }
10547 
10548     if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
10549       ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
10550       if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
10551         return false;
10552 
10553       // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
10554       if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
10555         return false;
10556 
10557       if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
10558       owner.Indirect = true;
10559       return true;
10560     }
10561 
10562     if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
10563       VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
10564       if (!var) return false;
10565       return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
10566     }
10567 
10568     if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
10569       if (member->isArrow()) return false;
10570 
10571       // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
10572       e = member->getBase();
10573       continue;
10574     }
10575 
10576     if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
10577       // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
10578       ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
10579         = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
10580                                               ->IgnoreParens());
10581       if (!pre) return false;
10582       if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
10583       ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
10584       if (!property->isRetaining() &&
10585           !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
10586             property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
10587               .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
10588           return false;
10589 
10590       owner.Indirect = true;
10591       if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
10592         owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
10593         if (!owner.Variable)
10594           return false;
10595         owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
10596         owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
10597         return true;
10598       }
10599       e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
10600                               ->getSourceExpr());
10601       continue;
10602     }
10603 
10604     // Array ivars?
10605 
10606     return false;
10607   }
10608 }
10609 
10610 namespace {
10611   struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
10612     FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
10613       : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
10614         Context(Context), Variable(variable), Capturer(nullptr),
10615         VarWillBeReased(false) {}
10616     ASTContext &Context;
10617     VarDecl *Variable;
10618     Expr *Capturer;
10619     bool VarWillBeReased;
10620 
10621     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
10622       if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
10623         Capturer = ref;
10624     }
10625 
10626     void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
10627       if (Capturer) return;
10628       Visit(ref->getBase());
10629       if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
10630         Capturer = ref;
10631     }
10632 
10633     void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
10634       // Look inside nested blocks
10635       if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
10636         Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
10637     }
10638 
10639     void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
10640       if (Capturer) return;
10641       if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
10642         Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
10643     }
10644     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *BinOp) {
10645       if (!Variable || VarWillBeReased || BinOp->getOpcode() != BO_Assign)
10646         return;
10647       Expr *LHS = BinOp->getLHS();
10648       if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(LHS)) {
10649         if (DRE->getDecl() != Variable)
10650           return;
10651         if (Expr *RHS = BinOp->getRHS()) {
10652           RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenCasts();
10653           llvm::APSInt Value;
10654           VarWillBeReased =
10655             (RHS && RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context) && Value == 0);
10656         }
10657       }
10658     }
10659   };
10660 } // end anonymous namespace
10661 
10662 /// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
10663 /// variable.
10664 static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10665   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
10666 
10667   e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
10668 
10669   // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}).
10670   if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
10671     Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector();
10672     if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") {
10673       e = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
10674       if (!e)
10675         return nullptr;
10676       e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
10677     }
10678   } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
10679     if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) {
10680       FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl());
10681       if (Fn) {
10682         const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier();
10683         if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) {
10684           e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
10685         }
10686       }
10687     }
10688   }
10689 
10690   BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
10691   if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
10692     return nullptr;
10693 
10694   FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
10695   visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
10696   return visitor.VarWillBeReased ? nullptr : visitor.Capturer;
10697 }
10698 
10699 static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
10700                                 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10701   assert(capturer);
10702   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
10703 
10704   S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
10705     << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
10706   S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
10707     << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
10708 }
10709 
10710 /// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
10711 /// 'set'.
10712 static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
10713   if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
10714 
10715   StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
10716   while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
10717   if (str.startswith("set"))
10718     str = str.substr(3);
10719   else if (str.startswith("add")) {
10720     // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
10721     if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
10722       return false;
10723     str = str.substr(3);
10724   }
10725   else
10726     return false;
10727 
10728   if (str.empty()) return true;
10729   return !isLowercase(str.front());
10730 }
10731 
10732 static Optional<int> GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
10733                                                     ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10734   bool IsMutableArray = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10735                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10736                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableArray);
10737   if (!IsMutableArray) {
10738     return None;
10739   }
10740 
10741   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10742 
10743   Optional<NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind> MKOpt =
10744     S.NSAPIObj->getNSArrayMethodKind(Sel);
10745   if (!MKOpt) {
10746     return None;
10747   }
10748 
10749   NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10750 
10751   switch (MK) {
10752     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_addObject:
10753     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_insertObjectAtIndex:
10754     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
10755       return 0;
10756     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_replaceObjectAtIndex:
10757       return 1;
10758 
10759     default:
10760       return None;
10761   }
10762 
10763   return None;
10764 }
10765 
10766 static
10767 Optional<int> GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
10768                                                   ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10769   bool IsMutableDictionary = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10770                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10771                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableDictionary);
10772   if (!IsMutableDictionary) {
10773     return None;
10774   }
10775 
10776   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10777 
10778   Optional<NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind> MKOpt =
10779     S.NSAPIObj->getNSDictionaryMethodKind(Sel);
10780   if (!MKOpt) {
10781     return None;
10782   }
10783 
10784   NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10785 
10786   switch (MK) {
10787     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKey:
10788     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setValueForKey:
10789     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKeyedSubscript:
10790       return 0;
10791 
10792     default:
10793       return None;
10794   }
10795 
10796   return None;
10797 }
10798 
10799 static Optional<int> GetNSSetArgumentIndex(Sema &S, ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10800   bool IsMutableSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10801                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10802                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableSet);
10803 
10804   bool IsMutableOrderedSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10805                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10806                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableOrderedSet);
10807   if (!IsMutableSet && !IsMutableOrderedSet) {
10808     return None;
10809   }
10810 
10811   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10812 
10813   Optional<NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind> MKOpt = S.NSAPIObj->getNSSetMethodKind(Sel);
10814   if (!MKOpt) {
10815     return None;
10816   }
10817 
10818   NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10819 
10820   switch (MK) {
10821     case NSAPI::NSMutableSet_addObject:
10822     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndex:
10823     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
10824     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_insertObjectAtIndex:
10825       return 0;
10826     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_replaceObjectAtIndexWithObject:
10827       return 1;
10828   }
10829 
10830   return None;
10831 }
10832 
10833 void Sema::CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10834   if (!Message->isInstanceMessage()) {
10835     return;
10836   }
10837 
10838   Optional<int> ArgOpt;
10839 
10840   if (!(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
10841       !(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
10842       !(ArgOpt = GetNSSetArgumentIndex(*this, Message))) {
10843     return;
10844   }
10845 
10846   int ArgIndex = *ArgOpt;
10847 
10848   Expr *Arg = Message->getArg(ArgIndex)->IgnoreImpCasts();
10849   if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Arg)) {
10850     Arg = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10851   }
10852 
10853   if (Message->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance) {
10854     if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10855       if (ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
10856         Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10857              diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10858           << ArgRE->getDecl()->getName() << StringRef("super");
10859       }
10860     }
10861   } else {
10862     Expr *Receiver = Message->getInstanceReceiver()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10863 
10864     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Receiver)) {
10865       Receiver = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10866     }
10867 
10868     if (DeclRefExpr *ReceiverRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
10869       if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10870         if (ReceiverRE->getDecl() == ArgRE->getDecl()) {
10871           ValueDecl *Decl = ReceiverRE->getDecl();
10872           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10873                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10874             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
10875           if (!ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
10876             Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
10877                  diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
10878               << Decl->getName();
10879           }
10880         }
10881       }
10882     } else if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
10883       if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarArgRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10884         if (IvarRE->getDecl() == IvarArgRE->getDecl()) {
10885           ObjCIvarDecl *Decl = IvarRE->getDecl();
10886           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10887                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10888             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
10889           Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
10890                diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
10891             << Decl->getName();
10892         }
10893       }
10894     }
10895   }
10896 }
10897 
10898 /// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
10899 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
10900   // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
10901   if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
10902     return;
10903 
10904   // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
10905   RetainCycleOwner owner;
10906   if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
10907     if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
10908       return;
10909   } else {
10910     assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
10911     owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
10912     owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
10913     owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
10914   }
10915 
10916   // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
10917   for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
10918     if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
10919       return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
10920 }
10921 
10922 /// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
10923 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
10924   RetainCycleOwner owner;
10925   if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
10926     return;
10927 
10928   if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
10929     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
10930 }
10931 
10932 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) {
10933   RetainCycleOwner Owner;
10934   if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/nullptr, Owner))
10935     return;
10936 
10937   // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the
10938   // location explicitly here.
10939   Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation();
10940   Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange();
10941 
10942   if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner))
10943     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner);
10944 }
10945 
10946 static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10947                                      Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
10948   // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get
10949   // immediately zapped in a weak reference.  Note that we explicitly
10950   // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die.
10951   RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10952 
10953   // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in
10954   // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1).
10955   Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS);
10956   if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None)
10957     return false;
10958 
10959   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign)
10960     << (unsigned) Kind
10961     << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
10962     << RHS->getSourceRange();
10963 
10964   return true;
10965 }
10966 
10967 static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10968                                     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT,
10969                                     Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
10970   // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific.
10971   while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
10972     if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
10973       S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
10974         << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
10975         << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
10976         << RHS->getSourceRange();
10977       return true;
10978     }
10979     RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
10980   }
10981 
10982   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
10983       checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty))
10984     return true;
10985 
10986   return false;
10987 }
10988 
10989 bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
10990                               QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
10991   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
10992 
10993   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
10994     return false;
10995 
10996   if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false))
10997     return true;
10998 
10999   return false;
11000 }
11001 
11002 void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
11003                               Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11004   QualType LHSType;
11005   // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
11006   // its declaration as it has a PseudoType.
11007   ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
11008     = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
11009   if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
11010     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
11011     if (PD)
11012       LHSType = PD->getType();
11013   }
11014 
11015   if (LHSType.isNull())
11016     LHSType = LHS->getType();
11017 
11018   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
11019 
11020   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
11021     if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
11022       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
11023   }
11024 
11025   if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
11026     return;
11027 
11028   // FIXME. Check for other life times.
11029   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
11030     return;
11031 
11032   if (PRE) {
11033     if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
11034       return;
11035     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
11036     if (!PD)
11037       return;
11038 
11039     unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
11040     if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
11041       // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
11042       // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
11043       // for lifetime info.
11044       unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
11045       if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
11046           LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
11047         return;
11048 
11049       while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
11050         if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
11051           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
11052           << RHS->getSourceRange();
11053           return;
11054         }
11055         RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
11056       }
11057     }
11058     else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
11059       if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true))
11060         return;
11061     }
11062   }
11063 }
11064 
11065 //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
11066 
11067 namespace {
11068 bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
11069                                  SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11070                                  const NullStmt *Body) {
11071   // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
11072   //
11073   // #define CALL(x)
11074   // if (condition)
11075   //   CALL(0);
11076   //
11077   if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
11078     return false;
11079 
11080   // Get line numbers of statement and body.
11081   bool StmtLineInvalid;
11082   unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getPresumedLineNumber(StmtLoc,
11083                                                       &StmtLineInvalid);
11084   if (StmtLineInvalid)
11085     return false;
11086 
11087   bool BodyLineInvalid;
11088   unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
11089                                                       &BodyLineInvalid);
11090   if (BodyLineInvalid)
11091     return false;
11092 
11093   // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
11094   if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
11095     return false;
11096 
11097   return true;
11098 }
11099 } // end anonymous namespace
11100 
11101 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11102                                  const Stmt *Body,
11103                                  unsigned DiagID) {
11104   // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
11105   // instantiations, this just adds noise.
11106   if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
11107     return;
11108 
11109   // The body should be a null statement.
11110   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
11111   if (!NBody)
11112     return;
11113 
11114   // Do the usual checks.
11115   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
11116     return;
11117 
11118   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
11119   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
11120 }
11121 
11122 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
11123                                  const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
11124   assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
11125 
11126   SourceLocation StmtLoc;
11127   const Stmt *Body;
11128   unsigned DiagID;
11129   if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
11130     StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
11131     Body = FS->getBody();
11132     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
11133   } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
11134     StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
11135     Body = WS->getBody();
11136     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
11137   } else
11138     return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
11139 
11140   // The body should be a null statement.
11141   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
11142   if (!NBody)
11143     return;
11144 
11145   // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
11146   if (Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()))
11147     return;
11148 
11149   // Do the usual checks.
11150   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
11151     return;
11152 
11153   // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
11154   // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
11155   // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
11156   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
11157   //    {
11158   //      a(i);
11159   //    }
11160   // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
11161   // than for/while itself:
11162   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
11163   //      a(i);
11164   bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
11165   if (!ProbableTypo) {
11166     bool BodyColInvalid;
11167     unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
11168                              PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
11169                              &BodyColInvalid);
11170     if (BodyColInvalid)
11171       return;
11172 
11173     bool StmtColInvalid;
11174     unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
11175                              S->getLocStart(),
11176                              &StmtColInvalid);
11177     if (StmtColInvalid)
11178       return;
11179 
11180     if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
11181       ProbableTypo = true;
11182   }
11183 
11184   if (ProbableTypo) {
11185     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
11186     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
11187   }
11188 }
11189 
11190 //===--- CHECK: Warn on self move with std::move. -------------------------===//
11191 
11192 /// DiagnoseSelfMove - Emits a warning if a value is moved to itself.
11193 void Sema::DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
11194                              SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11195   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, OpLoc))
11196     return;
11197 
11198   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
11199     return;
11200 
11201   // Strip parens and casts away.
11202   LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11203   RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11204 
11205   // Check for a call expression
11206   const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RHSExpr);
11207   if (!CE || CE->getNumArgs() != 1)
11208     return;
11209 
11210   // Check for a call to std::move
11211   const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
11212   if (!FD || !FD->isInStdNamespace() || !FD->getIdentifier() ||
11213       !FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move"))
11214     return;
11215 
11216   // Get argument from std::move
11217   RHSExpr = CE->getArg(0);
11218 
11219   const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
11220   const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
11221 
11222   // Two DeclRefExpr's, check that the decls are the same.
11223   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
11224     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
11225       return;
11226     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11227         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11228       return;
11229 
11230     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11231                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11232                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11233     return;
11234   }
11235 
11236   // Member variables require a different approach to check for self moves.
11237   // MemberExpr's are the same if every nested MemberExpr refers to the same
11238   // Decl and that the base Expr's are DeclRefExpr's with the same Decl or
11239   // the base Expr's are CXXThisExpr's.
11240   const Expr *LHSBase = LHSExpr;
11241   const Expr *RHSBase = RHSExpr;
11242   const MemberExpr *LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
11243   const MemberExpr *RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
11244   if (!LHSME || !RHSME)
11245     return;
11246 
11247   while (LHSME && RHSME) {
11248     if (LHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11249         RHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11250       return;
11251 
11252     LHSBase = LHSME->getBase();
11253     RHSBase = RHSME->getBase();
11254     LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSBase);
11255     RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSBase);
11256   }
11257 
11258   LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSBase);
11259   RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSBase);
11260   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
11261     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
11262       return;
11263     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11264         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11265       return;
11266 
11267     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11268                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11269                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11270     return;
11271   }
11272 
11273   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(LHSBase) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(RHSBase))
11274     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11275                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11276                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11277 }
11278 
11279 //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
11280 
11281 namespace {
11282 
11283 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
11284 
11285 /// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
11286 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
11287   // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
11288   // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
11289   // underlying type.
11290   return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
11291          C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
11292 }
11293 
11294 /// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
11295 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
11296   if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
11297     return false;
11298 
11299   if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
11300     return false;
11301 
11302   if (Field1->isBitField()) {
11303     // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
11304     unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
11305     unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
11306 
11307     if (Bits1 != Bits2)
11308       return false;
11309   }
11310 
11311   return true;
11312 }
11313 
11314 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
11315 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
11316 bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
11317                               RecordDecl *RD1,
11318                               RecordDecl *RD2) {
11319   // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
11320   if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
11321     // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
11322     // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
11323     const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
11324     // Check number of base classes.
11325     if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
11326       return false;
11327 
11328     // Check the base classes.
11329     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
11330                Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
11331            BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
11332               Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
11333          Base1 != BaseEnd1;
11334          ++Base1, ++Base2) {
11335       if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
11336         return false;
11337     }
11338   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
11339     // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
11340     if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
11341       return false;
11342   }
11343 
11344   // Check the fields.
11345   RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
11346                              Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
11347                              Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
11348                              Field1End = RD1->field_end();
11349   for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
11350     if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
11351       return false;
11352   }
11353   if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
11354     return false;
11355 
11356   return true;
11357 }
11358 
11359 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
11360 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
11361 bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
11362                              RecordDecl *RD1,
11363                              RecordDecl *RD2) {
11364   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
11365   for (auto *Field2 : RD2->fields())
11366     UnmatchedFields.insert(Field2);
11367 
11368   for (auto *Field1 : RD1->fields()) {
11369     llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
11370         I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
11371         E = UnmatchedFields.end();
11372 
11373     for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
11374       if (isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1, *I)) {
11375         bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
11376         (void) Result;
11377         assert(Result);
11378         break;
11379       }
11380     }
11381     if (I == E)
11382       return false;
11383   }
11384 
11385   return UnmatchedFields.empty();
11386 }
11387 
11388 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
11389   if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
11390     return false;
11391 
11392   if (RD1->isUnion())
11393     return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
11394   else
11395     return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
11396 }
11397 
11398 /// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
11399 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
11400   if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
11401     return false;
11402 
11403   // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
11404   // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
11405   // layout-compatible types.
11406   if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
11407     return true;
11408 
11409   T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11410   T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11411 
11412   const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
11413   const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
11414 
11415   if (TC1 != TC2)
11416     return false;
11417 
11418   if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
11419     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11420                               cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11421                               cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
11422   } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
11423     if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
11424       return false;
11425 
11426     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11427                               cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11428                               cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
11429   }
11430 
11431   return false;
11432 }
11433 } // end anonymous namespace
11434 
11435 //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
11436 
11437 namespace {
11438 /// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
11439 ///
11440 /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
11441 ///
11442 /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
11443 ///
11444 /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
11445 bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
11446                      const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
11447   while(true) {
11448     if (!TypeExpr)
11449       return false;
11450 
11451     TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
11452 
11453     switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
11454     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
11455       const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11456       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
11457         TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
11458         continue;
11459       }
11460       return false;
11461     }
11462 
11463     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
11464       const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
11465       *VD = DRE->getDecl();
11466       return true;
11467     }
11468 
11469     case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
11470       const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
11471       llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
11472       if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
11473         *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
11474         return true;
11475       } else
11476         return false;
11477     }
11478 
11479     case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
11480     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
11481       const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
11482           cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
11483       bool Result;
11484       if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
11485         if (Result)
11486           TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
11487         else
11488           TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
11489         continue;
11490       }
11491       return false;
11492     }
11493 
11494     case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
11495       const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11496       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11497         TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
11498         continue;
11499       }
11500       return false;
11501     }
11502 
11503     default:
11504       return false;
11505     }
11506   }
11507 }
11508 
11509 /// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
11510 ///
11511 /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
11512 ///
11513 /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
11514 ///
11515 /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
11516 ///        kind.
11517 ///
11518 /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
11519 ///
11520 /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
11521 bool GetMatchingCType(
11522         const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
11523         const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
11524         const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
11525                              Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
11526         bool &FoundWrongKind,
11527         Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
11528   FoundWrongKind = false;
11529 
11530   // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
11531   const ValueDecl *VD = nullptr;
11532 
11533   uint64_t MagicValue;
11534 
11535   if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
11536     return false;
11537 
11538   if (VD) {
11539     if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
11540       if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
11541         FoundWrongKind = true;
11542         return false;
11543       }
11544       TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
11545       TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
11546       TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
11547       return true;
11548     }
11549     return false;
11550   }
11551 
11552   if (!MagicValues)
11553     return false;
11554 
11555   llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
11556                  Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
11557       MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
11558   if (I == MagicValues->end())
11559     return false;
11560 
11561   TypeInfo = I->second;
11562   return true;
11563 }
11564 } // end anonymous namespace
11565 
11566 void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
11567                                       uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
11568                                       bool LayoutCompatible,
11569                                       bool MustBeNull) {
11570   if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
11571     TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
11572         new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
11573 
11574   TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
11575   (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
11576       TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
11577 }
11578 
11579 namespace {
11580 bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
11581   const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
11582   if (!BT1)
11583     return false;
11584 
11585   const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
11586   if (!BT2)
11587     return false;
11588 
11589   BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
11590   BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
11591 
11592   return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
11593          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
11594          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
11595          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
11596 }
11597 } // end anonymous namespace
11598 
11599 void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
11600                                     const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
11601   const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
11602   bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
11603 
11604   const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
11605   bool FoundWrongKind;
11606   TypeTagData TypeInfo;
11607   if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
11608                         TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
11609                         FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
11610     if (FoundWrongKind)
11611       Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
11612            diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
11613         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11614     return;
11615   }
11616 
11617   const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
11618   if (IsPointerAttr) {
11619     // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
11620     if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
11621       if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
11622           ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast)
11623         ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
11624   }
11625   QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
11626 
11627   // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
11628   if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
11629     return;
11630 
11631   if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
11632     // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
11633     if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
11634                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
11635       Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
11636            diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
11637           << ArgumentKind->getName()
11638           << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
11639           << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11640     }
11641     return;
11642   }
11643 
11644   QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
11645   if (IsPointerAttr)
11646     RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
11647 
11648   bool mismatch = false;
11649   if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
11650     mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
11651 
11652     // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
11653     // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
11654     //
11655     // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
11656     // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
11657     if (mismatch)
11658       if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
11659                                            RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
11660           (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
11661         mismatch = false;
11662   } else
11663     if (IsPointerAttr)
11664       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
11665                                      ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
11666                                      RequiredType->getPointeeType());
11667     else
11668       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
11669 
11670   if (mismatch)
11671     Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
11672         << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind
11673         << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
11674         << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
11675         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11676 }
11677 
11678 void Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
11679                                          CharUnits Alignment) {
11680   MisalignedMembers.emplace_back(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
11681 }
11682 
11683 void Sema::DiagnoseMisalignedMembers() {
11684   for (MisalignedMember &m : MisalignedMembers) {
11685     const NamedDecl *ND = m.RD;
11686     if (ND->getName().empty()) {
11687       if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = m.RD->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
11688         ND = TD;
11689     }
11690     Diag(m.E->getLocStart(), diag::warn_taking_address_of_packed_member)
11691         << m.MD << ND << m.E->getSourceRange();
11692   }
11693   MisalignedMembers.clear();
11694 }
11695 
11696 void Sema::DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E) {
11697   if (!T->isPointerType())
11698     return;
11699   if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E) &&
11700       cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
11701     auto *Op = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
11702     if (isa<MemberExpr>(Op)) {
11703       auto MA = std::find(MisalignedMembers.begin(), MisalignedMembers.end(),
11704                           MisalignedMember(Op));
11705       if (MA != MisalignedMembers.end() &&
11706           Context.getTypeAlignInChars(T->getPointeeType()) <= MA->Alignment)
11707         MisalignedMembers.erase(MA);
11708     }
11709   }
11710 }
11711 
11712 void Sema::RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
11713     Expr *E,
11714     std::function<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, ValueDecl *, CharUnits)> Action) {
11715   const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
11716   while (ME && isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
11717     QualType BaseType = ME->getBase()->getType();
11718     if (ME->isArrow())
11719       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
11720     RecordDecl *RD = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11721 
11722     ValueDecl *MD = ME->getMemberDecl();
11723     bool ByteAligned = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(MD->getType()).isOne();
11724     if (ByteAligned) // Attribute packed does not have any effect.
11725       break;
11726 
11727     if (!ByteAligned &&
11728         (RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || (MD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()))) {
11729       CharUnits Alignment = std::min(Context.getTypeAlignInChars(MD->getType()),
11730                                      Context.getTypeAlignInChars(BaseType));
11731       // Notify that this expression designates a member with reduced alignment
11732       Action(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
11733       break;
11734     }
11735     ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ME->getBase());
11736   }
11737 }
11738 
11739 void Sema::CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs) {
11740   using namespace std::placeholders;
11741   RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
11742       rhs, std::bind(&Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers, std::ref(*this), _1,
11743                      _2, _3, _4));
11744 }
11745 
11746